GARGOYLES INC
S-1/A, 1996-07-19
OPHTHALMIC GOODS
Previous: LEAP GROUP INC, S-1/A, 1996-07-19
Next: ACE COMM CORP, 8-A12G, 1996-07-19



<PAGE>   1
   
 
     AS FILED WITH THE SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION ON JULY 19, 1996
                                                      REGISTRATION NO. 333-07573
    
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549
                            ------------------------
   
                                AMENDMENT NO. 1
                                       TO
    
 
                                    FORM S-1
                             REGISTRATION STATEMENT
                                     UNDER
                           THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                            ------------------------
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
             (EXACT NAME OF REGISTRANT AS SPECIFIED IN ITS CHARTER)
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
             WASHINGTON                             3851                             91-1247269
      (STATE OF INCORPORATION)          (PRIMARY STANDARD INDUSTRIAL              (I.R.S. EMPLOYER
                                        CLASSIFICATION CODE NUMBER)            IDENTIFICATION NUMBER)
</TABLE>
 
                            5866 SOUTH 194TH STREET
                             KENT, WASHINGTON 98032
                                 (206) 872-6100
   (ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF REGISTRANT'S PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICES)
                            ------------------------
 
                                STEVEN R. KINGMA
                    VICE PRESIDENT, CHIEF FINANCIAL OFFICER,
                            SECRETARY AND TREASURER
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
                            5866 SOUTH 194TH STREET
                             KENT, WASHINGTON 98032
                                 (206) 872-6100
           (NAME, ADDRESS AND TELEPHONE NUMBER OF AGENT FOR SERVICE)
                            ------------------------
 
                                   COPIES TO:
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                 <C>                                 <C>
        STEWART M. LANDEFELD                  CYNTHIA L. POPE                   MICHAEL J. ERICKSON
         L. MICHELLE WILSON                114 W. Magnolia Street                 LAURA A. BERTIN
            Perkins Coie                         4th Floor                       JONATHAN K. WRIGHT
   1201 Third Avenue, 40th Floor        Bellingham, Washington 98225     Heller, Ehrman, White & McAuliffe
   Seattle, Washington 98101-3099              (360) 671-5939                   6100 Columbia Center
           (206) 583-8888                                                         701 Fifth Avenue
                                                                             Seattle, Washington 98104
                                                                                   (206) 447-0900
</TABLE>
 
                            ------------------------
 
     Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: AS SOON AS
PRACTICABLE AFTER THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT BECOMES EFFECTIVE.
     If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on
a  delayed or continuous basis pursuant to  Rule 415 under the Securities Act of
1933, check the following box. / /
     If this Form  is filed to  register additional securities  for an  offering
pursuant  to Rule 462(b) under  the Securities Act of  1933, check the following
box and list  the Securities Act  registration statement number  of the  earlier
effective registration statement for the same offering. / /
- ------------------
     If  this Form is  a post-effective amendment filed  pursuant to Rule 462(c)
under the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  check the  following  box  and  list  the
Securities   Act  registration   statement  number  of   the  earlier  effective
registration statement for the same offering. / /
- ------------------
     If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule  434,
please check the following box. / /
                            ------------------------
 
   
                        CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                             <C>                  <C>                  <C>                  <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                       PROPOSED MAXIMUM     PROPOSED MAXIMUM       AMOUNT OF
     TITLE OF EACH CLASS OF         AMOUNT TO BE        OFFERING PRICE     AGGREGATE OFFERING     REGISTRATION
  SECURITIES TO BE REGISTERED       REGISTERED(1)        PER SHARE(2)           PRICE(2)             FEE(3)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Common Stock, no par value......   3,066,667 shares         $15.00             $46,000,005          $15,863
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
    
 
   
(1) Includes 400,000 shares that the Underwriters have the option to purchase to
    cover over-allotments, if any.
(2) Estimated  solely for  the purpose  of calculating  the registration  fee in
    accordance with Rule 457(c).
(3) Previously paid.
    
                            ------------------------
     THE REGISTRANT HEREBY AMENDS  THIS REGISTRATION STATEMENT  ON SUCH DATE  OR
DATES AS MAY BE NECESSARY TO DELAY ITS EFFECTIVE DATE UNTIL THE REGISTRANT SHALL
FILE  A  FURTHER  AMENDMENT  WHICH SPECIFICALLY  STATES  THAT  THIS REGISTRATION
STATEMENT SHALL THEREAFTER BECOME EFFECTIVE  IN ACCORDANCE WITH SECTION 8(A)  OF
THE  SECURITIES ACT  OF 1933 OR  UNTIL THIS REGISTRATION  STATEMENT SHALL BECOME
EFFECTIVE ON SUCH DATE AS THE COMMISSION, ACTING PURSUANT TO SAID SECTION  8(A),
MAY DETERMINE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   2
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                             CROSS-REFERENCE SHEET
 
                   PURSUANT TO ITEM 501(B) OF REGULATION S-K
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 ITEMS OF FORM S-1                            LOCATION IN PROSPECTUS
- ---------------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------
<C>        <S>                                       <C>
  Item 1.  Forepart of the Registration Statement
             and Outside Front Cover Page of
             Prospectus............................  Outside Front Cover Page
  Item 2.  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
             Pages of Prospectus...................  Inside Front and Outside Back Cover
                                                     Pages
  Item 3.  Summary Information, Risk Factors and
             Ratio of Earnings to Fixed Charges....  Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors
  Item 4.  Use of Proceeds.........................  Use of Proceeds
  Item 5.  Determination of Offering Price.........  Outside Front Cover Page; Risk Factors;
                                                       Underwriting
  Item 6.  Dilution................................  Risk Factors; Dilution
  Item 7.  Selling Security Holders................  Principal and Selling Shareholders
  Item 8.  Plan of Distribution....................  Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages;
                                                       Underwriting
  Item 9.  Description of Securities to Be
             Registered............................  Description of Capital Stock
 Item 10.  Interests of Named Experts and
             Counsel...............................  Not Applicable
 Item 11.  Information With Respect to the
             Registrant............................  Outside and Inside Front Cover Pages;
                                                       Prospectus Summary; Risk Factors; The
                                                       Company; Dividend Policy;
                                                       Capitalization; Selected Financial
                                                       Data; Pro Forma Financial Information;
                                                       Management's Discussion and Analysis
                                                       of Financial Condition and Results of
                                                       Operations; Business; Management;
                                                       Certain Transactions; Principal and
                                                       Selling Shareholders; Shares Eligible
                                                       for Future Sale; Legal Matters;
                                                       Experts; Additional Information;
                                                       Consolidated Financial Statements
 Item 12.  Disclosure of Commission Position on
             Indemnification for Securities Act
             Liabilities...........................  Not Applicable
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   3
 
     INFORMATION  CONTAINED  HEREIN IS  SUBJECT  TO COMPLETION  OR  AMENDMENT. A
     REGISTRATION STATEMENT RELATING TO THESE SECURITIES HAS BEEN FILED WITH THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION.  THESE SECURITIES MAY  NOT BE SOLD  NOR
     MAY  OFFERS TO BUY BE ACCEPTED PRIOR TO THE TIME THE REGISTRATION STATEMENT
     BECOMES EFFECTIVE. THIS PROSPECTUS SHALL NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER TO SELL OR
     THE SOLICITATION OF AN OFFER  TO BUY NOR SHALL THERE  BE ANY SALE OF  THESE
     SECURITIES  IN ANY STATE IN WHICH SUCH OFFER, SOLICITATION OR SALE WOULD BE
     UNLAWFUL PRIOR TO REGISTRATION OR  QUALIFICATION UNDER THE SECURITIES  LAWS
     OF ANY SUCH STATE.
 
   
                   SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED JULY 19, 1996
    
 
PROSPECTUS
 
                                2,666,667 SHARES
 
                                   GARGOYLES
 
                                  COMMON STOCK
                               ------------------
 
     Of  the 2,666,667 shares  of Common Stock  offered hereby (the "Offering"),
1,666,667  shares  are  being  sold   by  Gargoyles,  Inc.  (the  "Company"   or
"Gargoyles")  and 1,000,000 shares  are being sold  by certain shareholders (the
"Selling Shareholders"). See "Principal  and Selling Shareholders." The  Company
will  not receive  any of the  proceeds from the  sale of shares  by the Selling
Shareholders.
 
     Prior to the Offering, there  has not been a  public market for the  Common
Stock of the Company. It is currently estimated that the initial public offering
price  will be between $           and $           per share. See "Underwriting"
for information relating  to the  factors to  be considered  in determining  the
initial  public offering  price. Application  has been  made to  have the Common
Stock listed on the Nasdaq National Market under the symbol "GOYL."
                            ------------------------
 
     SEE "RISK FACTORS" BEGINNING ON PAGE 7 FOR A DISCUSSION OF CERTAIN  FACTORS
THAT  SHOULD BE CONSIDERED BY PROSPECTIVE PURCHASERS OF THE COMMON STOCK OFFERED
HEREBY.
                            ------------------------
 
THESE SECURITIES HAVE NOT BEEN APPROVED  OR DISAPPROVED BY THE SECURITIES  AND
  EXCHANGE  COMMISSION  OR  ANY  STATE SECURITIES  COMMISSION  NOR  HAS THE
     SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION OR ANY STATE SECURITIES COMMISSION
       PASSED UPON  THE ACCURACY  OR ADEQUACY  OF THIS  PROSPECTUS.  ANY
        REPRESENTATION   TO   THE  CONTRARY   IS  A   CRIMINAL  OFFENSE.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
<TABLE>
<S>                         <C>               <C>               <C>               <C>
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                                 UNDERWRITING                         PROCEEDS TO
                                 PRICE TO       DISCOUNTS AND      PROCEEDS TO          SELLING
                                  PUBLIC        COMMISSIONS(1)      COMPANY(2)      SHAREHOLDERS(2)
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Per Share...................         $                $                 $                  $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
Total(3)....................         $                $                 $                  $
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
- -----------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
</TABLE>
 
(1) For  information  regarding   indemnification  of   the  Underwriters,   see
    "Underwriting."
 
(2) Before  deducting  expenses estimated  at  $850,000, of  which  $800,000 are
    payable by the Company and $50,000 are payable by the Selling Shareholders.
 
(3) The Company and  the Selling  Shareholders have granted  the Underwriters  a
    30-day  option to purchase  up to 400,000 additional  shares of Common Stock
    solely to cover over-allotments, if any. See "Underwriting." If such  option
    is  exercised in full, the total Price to Public, Underwriting Discounts and
    Commissions, Proceeds to Company and  Proceeds to Selling Shareholders  will
    be $          , $          , $          and $          , respectively.
                            ------------------------
 
     The  shares of Common  Stock are being offered  by the several Underwriters
named herein,  subject to  prior sale,  when, as  and if  accepted by  them  and
subject  to certain conditions. It is  expected that certificates for the shares
of  Common  Stock  offered  hereby  will   be  available  for  delivery  on   or
about                , 1996, at the  office of Smith Barney  Inc., 333 West 34th
Street, New York, New York 10001.
                            ------------------------
 
SMITH BARNEY INC.                                  ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
 
                 , 1996
<PAGE>   4
 
     [gatefold cover with three pages of photographs depicting Gargoyles
products and athletic endorsements]
 
                            ------------------------
 
     Gargoyles is a federally registered trademark of the Company. The Company
has applied for federal registration of the marks Legends, Helios, Paladin,
Vortex, Octane and the G design featured on the cover of this Prospectus. The
Company has common-law trademark rights in the marks Classic, 85s, Legends II
and Griffey Wrap. Timberland and the tree logo are registered trademarks of The
Timberland Company. All other trademarks or registered trademarks appearing in
this Prospectus are trademarks or registered trademarks of the respective
companies that utilize them.
 
     IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFERING, THE UNDERWRITERS MAY OVER-ALLOT OR EFFECT
TRANSACTIONS WHICH STABILIZE OR MAINTAIN THE MARKET PRICE OF THE
COMMON STOCK OFFERED HEREBY AT A LEVEL ABOVE THAT WHICH MIGHT OTHERWISE PREVAIL
IN THE OPEN MARKET. SUCH TRANSACTIONS MAY BE EFFECTED ON THE NASDAQ NATIONAL
MARKET, IN THE OVER-THE-COUNTER MARKET OR OTHERWISE. SUCH STABILIZING, IF
COMMENCED, MAY BE DISCONTINUED AT ANY TIME.
 
                                        2
<PAGE>   5
 
                               PROSPECTUS SUMMARY
 
     The  following summary  is qualified in  its entirety by  the more detailed
information and consolidated financial statements, including the notes  thereto,
appearing  elsewhere in this Prospectus.  Prospective investors should carefully
consider the  information  set  forth under  "Risk  Factors."  Unless  otherwise
indicated,  the information contained in this Prospectus assumes (i) a 5.86-to-1
split of the Common Stock to be effective prior to the closing of the  Offering,
subject  to certain  conditions (see "Description  of Capital  Stock"), and (ii)
that the Underwriters' over-allotment option is not exercised. References herein
to Gargoyles and the Company include certain predecessors and subsidiaries.  See
"The Company."
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
   
     Gargoyles designs, manufactures and markets a broad line of performance and
lifestyle-oriented  sunglasses.  The  Company competes  in  the  rapidly growing
premium sunglass market  by offering  a diverse  line of  products at  suggested
retail  prices of $80 to $190. The  Company seeks to distinguish Gargoyles brand
products in the marketplace  by combining innovative  styling with its  patented
dual  lens  toric  curve technology,  which  the  Company believes  is  the most
advanced lens  design  currently  available  in  wrap  sunglasses.  The  Company
believes  these features appeal not only  to active sports enthusiasts who favor
the performance and comfort features of its products, but also to consumers  who
appreciate  Gargoyles' distinctive styling and  innovative designs. In addition,
the Company  recently  acquired the  Hobie  sunglass  line, a  leading  line  of
polarized sunglasses, which is one of the fastest emerging categories within the
premium  sunglass market. The  Company also offers a  popular line of protective
eyewear focused primarily on the medical and dental market segments. The Company
believes that  the diversity  of  its product  lines, combined  with  increasing
awareness  among consumers  of the Gargoyles  and Hobie brands  and their unique
attributes, has positioned it  to capitalize on the  strong growth potential  in
the domestic and international premium sunglass markets. The Company's net sales
have increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 40% from 1992 through 1995.
For  the first six months  of 1996, the Company achieved  growth in net sales of
93% compared to the same period in the prior year.

    
 
     The Company was founded in 1979 to  develop a sunglass style that not  only
would  cover and protect the eyes  more effectively than traditional "flat" lens
designs, but also would minimize distortion. In 1983, the Company completed  the
development  of  its  patented dual  lens  toric curve  technology.  The complex
geometry of the  proprietary toric  curve lens  minimizes distortion  associated
with  other wrap lens designs by allowing  the transmission of light directly to
the eye with little refraction. The dual lens design provides each eye with  its
own  optical center of  focus, resulting in greater  overall optical clarity and
less peripheral  distortion. The  Company believes  this proprietary  technology
offers the most advanced and optically correct sunglass lens design available in
wrap sunglasses and provides a significant differential competitive advantage.
 
     In 1983, the Company introduced its first product based on this proprietary
technology,  the Gargoyles  Classic. Until  1992, the  Company was  a successful
single-product company with  relatively few resources  devoted to expanding  its
product line, and was dependent on independent manufacturers' representatives to
sell  its products. In May  1992, the Company began  installing a new management
team which has  developed and  implemented new operating  and growth  strategies
designed  to  exploit  the patented  dual  lens  toric curve  technology  and to
capitalize on  the  growth trends  within  the premium  sunglass  market.  These
strategies  included an  aggressive, innovative new  product development program
resulting in the introduction of numerous models, including 85s in 1993, Legends
in 1994, Helios and Legends II in 1995, and Paladin, Octane and Vortex in  1996.
In  addition, the Company began investing in  its own direct sales force in 1994
to expand distribution and gain more control over the sales process. The Company
also initiated a strategy to enhance  the Gargoyles brand image and promote  the
performance  characteristics of its products  by aggressively pursuing strategic
endorsements from professional  athletes such  as Dale  Earnhardt, Ken  Griffey,
Jr.,  Alexi Lalas and Scottie Pippen. The Company believes that these strategies
have contributed to its rapid sales growth  and have created a platform for  the
continued success of the Gargoyles brand.
 
                                        3
<PAGE>   6
 
     The Company has leveraged its infrastructure and direct sales force by
adding new brands through acquisitions and licensing arrangements that can
increase sales without commensurate increases in operating expenses. In
particular, the Company acquired Hobie's sunglass business in February 1996 (the
"Hobie Acquisition"), which broadened the Company's technology base to include
polarized sunglasses. Further, in May 1996, the Company, together with the
former president of Revo, Inc. ("Revo"), entered into a worldwide license
agreement with The Timberland Company ("Timberland") to design, manufacture and
market sunglasses under the Timberland brand name. The Company believes the
worldwide appeal of the Timberland brand name will assist the Company in further
penetrating the outdoor-lifestyle market segment. Management believes that the
addition of these brands to the Company's portfolio of products will provide
incremental synergies in sales, marketing, distribution, manufacturing and
general and administrative expenses.
 
  Growth Strategies
 
     The Company's goal is to be the premier designer, manufacturer and marketer
of performance and lifestyle-oriented premium sunglasses and protective eyewear.
Management believes that its strategies have positioned the Company to achieve
continued growth in revenues and earnings. Key elements of the Company's growth
strategies include the following:
 
- - Capitalize on growth in premium sunglass market.  The Company will continue to
  focus on increasing its penetration within the premium sunglass segment, which
  has grown approximately 82% from 1989 to 1995. Management believes that this
  segment will continue to experience rapid growth. The Company also expects to
  benefit from increasing penetration of the premium sunglass market by the
  Company's existing customers, including its largest customer, Sunglass Hut
  International, Inc. ("Sunglass Hut"). The Company believes that as large
  sunglass specialty retailers continue to grow, they will increasingly require
  well-capitalized vendors which are able to provide adequate product supply on
  a reliable basis.
 
- - Develop and introduce new products.  The Company is committed to capitalizing
  on its existing market position and proprietary technology by developing new
  products and product line extensions that incorporate superior performance and
  unique styling. To support its new product initiatives, the Company maintains
  an active research and development effort, which has resulted in the
  introduction of eight product lines since 1993, including the Paladin, Octane
  and Vortex models in 1996. In 1997, the Company anticipates introducing a
  number of new products, including its lifestyle-oriented Timberland brand
  product line and several new Hobie brand polarized sunglass models.
 
- - Expand customer base.  The Company is focused on expanding its customer base
  both domestically and internationally. The strategies of adding a direct sales
  force dedicated to selling the Company's products and adding manufacturers'
  representatives and distributors to supplement service to the sporting goods
  and optical store markets have resulted in significant growth in the number of
  its accounts. Since the addition of a direct sales force in 1994, the Company
  has added over 1,000 new accounts, and believes there are still significant
  opportunities to expand its customer base.
 
- - Focus on international expansion.  The Company believes that international
  expansion represents a significant growth opportunity. International sales
  accounted for approximately 6% of the Company's net sales in 1995, a
  significantly lower penetration than that of the Company's primary
  competitors. The Company's international growth plans are based on developing
  international distribution networks and investing in overseas operations.
 
- - Selectively pursue acquisition and licensing opportunities.  The Company seeks
  to acquire businesses or to create licensing arrangements with companies
  having high-quality products, strong brand names and growth potential. The
  focus of the Company's acquisition and licensing efforts is to (i) augment the
  Company's product lines, (ii) enhance the Company's distribution capabilities,
  (iii) leverage the Company's operating infrastructure, and (iv) access new
  technology. In particular, the Company's acquisition and integration of Hobie
  and its license agreement with Timberland provide new brand names and a
  broader customer base, and create distribution and operating synergies.
 
                                        4
<PAGE>   7
 
                                   THE OFFERING
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                            <C>
Common Stock Offered Hereby by:
  The Company................................  1,666,667 shares
  The Selling Shareholders...................  1,000,000 shares
Common Stock to Be Outstanding After the
  Offering...................................  7,542,304 shares(1)
Use of Proceeds..............................  To repay outstanding indebtedness; to fund
                                               start-up costs for the Timberland product
                                               line; and for working capital and other
                                               general corporate purposes. See "Use of
                                               Proceeds."
Proposed Nasdaq National Market Symbol.......  "GOYL"
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Excludes, as of June 30, 1996, 570,898 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance pursuant to the Company's benefit plan, of which options to
    purchase 485,338 shares were outstanding with a weighted average exercise
    price of $3.42 per share, and 41,020 shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance pursuant to an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of $4.26
    per share. See "Management -- Benefit Plan," "Description of Capital Stock"
    and "Certain Transactions."
 
     The Company was incorporated in 1983. The Company's headquarters are
located at 5866 South 194th Street, Kent, Washington 98032, and its telephone
number is (206) 872-6100.
 
     This Prospectus contains certain forward-looking statements which involve
known and unknown risks, uncertainties and other factors which may cause actual
results, performance or achievements of the Company or industry trends to differ
materially from those expressed or implied by such forward-looking statements.
Such factors include, among others, those discussed in "Risk Factors" and
elsewhere in this Prospectus.
 
                                        5
<PAGE>   8
 
                             SUMMARY FINANCIAL DATA
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                             FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                             -------------------------------------------------
                                                                                                 SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                        NOVEMBER 30,                                 JUNE 30,
                                             ----------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,   -----------------
                                              1991     1992     1993     1994         1995        1995      1996
                                             ------   ------   ------   -------   ------------   -------   -------
                                                             (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                          <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales................................  $6,371   $6,317   $8,242   $11,083     $ 17,138     $ 9,124   $17,627
  Gross profit.............................   3,848    3,834    4,999     6,818       10,611       5,650    10,241
  Total operating expenses(1)..............   3,119    3,360    4,314     6,333       10,281       4,847    11,995
                                             ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Income (loss) from operations(2).........     729      474      685       485          810       1,093    (1,460)
  Interest expense, net....................     (60)     (35)     (55)     (176)      (1,043)       (391)   (1,161)
  Other income (charges)(3)................       5       87        2        --       (2,164)       (569)       --
                                             ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Income (loss) before income taxes........     674      526      632       309       (2,397)        133    (2,621)
  Income tax provision (benefit)...........      87      107       40        10         (100)          5        --
                                             ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Net income (loss)........................  $  587   $  419   $  592   $   299     $ (2,297)    $   128   $(2,621)
                                             ======   ======   ======   =======      =======      ======    ======
  Pro forma net income (loss)(4)...........  $  424   $  380   $  415   $   179     $ (2,343)    $    82   $(2,621)
                                             ======   ======   ======   =======      =======      ======    ======
  Pro forma net income (loss) per
    share(5)...............................  $ 0.07   $ 0.06   $ 0.07   $  0.03     $  (0.38)    $  0.01   $ (0.43)
  Shares used in computing pro forma net
    income (loss) per share(5).............   6,138    6,138    6,138     6,138        6,138       6,138     6,142
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA:
  Pro forma net sales(6)...................                             $14,774     $ 21,182     $11,446   $17,938
  Adjusted pro forma net income(7).........                                              616                 1,981
  Adjusted pro forma net income per
    share(8)...............................                                         $   0.08               $  0.25
</TABLE>
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                                 --------------------------
BALANCE SHEET DATA:                                                              ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED(9)
                                                                                 -------     --------------
<S>                                                                              <C>         <C>
  Working capital..............................................................  $(5,012)       $ 11,310
  Total assets.................................................................   21,458          23,831
  Total debt...................................................................   19,777              --
  Shareholders' equity (deficit)...............................................   (6,160)         15,990
    
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
   
(1) Includes  a $312,000 loss  on a discontinued  distribution agreement for the
    year ended December 31,  1995. Also includes  stock compensation expense  of
    $250,000, $155,000 and $3.5 million for the year ended December 31, 1995 and
    the six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996, respectively.
 
(2) Includes  license income  of $480,000,  $290,000 and  $294,000 for  the year
    ended December 31, 1995  and the six  months ended June  30, 1995 and  1996,
    respectively.
 
(3) Includes  nonrecurring charges for recapitalization expenses of $574,000 for
    the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1995  and
    provision  for loss on affiliate of $1.6 million for the year ended December
    31, 1995.
 
(4) Antone Manufacturing, Inc., an affiliated company, had previously been taxed
    as an S corporation. The pro forma net income amounts for all periods  prior
    to  1996 reflect  adjustments for income  taxes as  if Antone Manufacturing,
    Inc. had been taxed as a C corporation rather than an S corporation.
 
(5) See Note  1  to  the  Company's Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  an
    explanation  of the number of shares used  in computing pro forma net income
    (loss) per share.
 
(6) Amounts give effect  to the  Hobie Acquisition  as if  such transaction  had
    occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.
 
(7) Amounts  give effect  to the  Hobie Acquisition  and the  application of the
    estimated net  proceeds  from  the  Offering as  if  such  transactions  had
    occurred  at  the  beginning  of  the  respective  periods  (see  "Pro Forma
    Financial Information"), and reflect the elimination of certain nonrecurring
    charges of $2.4 million for 1995 and  $3.5 million for 1996 (see footnote  4
    to the table in "Selected Financial Data").
 
(8) Adjusted  pro forma net income  per share amounts are  computed based on the
    number of  shares determined  in accordance  with Note  1 to  the  Company's
    Consolidated  Financial Statements, adjusted for the number of shares issued
    in connection with the Hobie Acquisition and the number of shares assumed to
    be issued  in connection  with  the Offering  as  if such  transactions  had
    occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.
 
(9)  Adjusted to reflect the application of  the estimated net proceeds from the
     Offering.
     

                                        6
<PAGE>   9
 
                                  RISK FACTORS
 
     Prospective purchasers of the Common Stock offered hereby should consider
carefully the factors set forth below, as well as other information set forth in
this Prospectus, in evaluating an investment in the Common Stock.
 
ABILITY TO SUSTAIN AND MANAGE GROWTH
 
     The Company has experienced significant growth in revenues in recent
periods. The continued growth of the Company's revenues and its ability to
generate profits will depend on, among other factors, the continued growth of
the premium sunglass market, the Company's ability to develop and introduce new
products, and the Company's efforts to broaden and increase sales through its
domestic and international sales and distribution channels.
 
     If the Company continues to experience significant growth, its future
success will also depend on its ability to manage growth as it expands its
production and marketing capacities, which will place a significant strain on
the Company's employees and operations. To manage growth effectively, the
Company will be required to continue to implement changes in certain aspects of
its business, expand its operations and develop, train, manage and assimilate an
increasing number of management-level and other employees. The Company depends
on its management information systems to process orders, manage inventories and
receivables, track product through its expanding manufacturing operations and
otherwise maintain cost-efficient operations. As the Company grows, it will be
required to augment its management information systems from time to time, as a
result of which there can be no assurance that the Company will not experience
systems failures or interruptions. In addition, because the Company's existing
facilities will not be sufficient to support its growth plans, the Company
intends to relocate or expand its existing facilities in 1997, which could cause
delays or interruptions in the Company's operations. If management is unable to
manage growth effectively, the Company's business, prospects, financial
condition and operating results could be materially adversely affected.
 
DEPENDENCE ON NEW PRODUCT INTRODUCTIONS
 
     The sustainability of the Company's growth will depend, in part, on its
continued ability to develop and introduce innovative products. Innovative
designs are often not successful, and successful product designs can be
displaced by other product designs introduced by competitors that shift market
preferences in their favor. The Company is introducing more lifestyle-oriented
sunglasses, which may have relatively short life cycles, thereby requiring the
Company to introduce new products more frequently. In addition, competitors may
follow the Company's introduction of successful products with similar product
offerings. The eyewear industry is subject to changing consumer preferences, and
the Company's sunglasses are likely to be susceptible to fashion trends. If the
Company misjudges the market for a particular product, the Company's sales may
be adversely affected and it may be faced with excess inventories and
underutilized manufacturing capacity. As a result of these and other factors,
there can be no assurance that the Company will successfully maintain or
increase its market share.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The premium segment of the nonprescription sunglass market is highly
competitive. The Company competes with a number of established companies,
including Bausch & Lomb Incorporated ("Bausch & Lomb"), the marketer of the Ray
Ban, Killer Loop, Arnette and Revo brands, and Oakley, Inc. ("Oakley"), which
together control approximately 50% of the premium market segment, and with
several companies having smaller but significant market shares. Several of these
companies have substantially greater resources and better name recognition than
the Company and sell their products through broader and more diverse
distribution channels. The Company could also face competition from new
competitors, including established branded consumer products companies, such as
Nike, Inc., that also have greater financial and other resources than the
Company. In addition, as the Company expands internationally, it will face
substantial competition from companies that have already established their
products in international markets and consequently have
 
                                        7
<PAGE>   10
 
significantly  more  experience in  those markets  than  the Company.  The major
competitive factors in the premium sunglass market include fashion trends, brand
recognition, method  of  distribution  and  the number  and  range  of  products
offered.  In addition, to retain and increase its market share, the Company must
continue to be competitive in the areas of quality and performance,  technology,
intellectual property protection and customer service. See
"Business -- Competition."
 
ABILITY TO SUCCESSFULLY INTEGRATE ACQUISITIONS AND LICENSED PRODUCTS
 
   
     The   integration  and  consolidation  of  the  Hobie  sunglass  line,  the
development of products under the  Timberland brand and future acquisitions  and
licensing  arrangements will require substantial management, financial and other
resources and may pose risks with respect to the Company's business,  prospects,
financial  condition and operating  results. There can be  no assurance that the
Company's resources  will be  sufficient to  accomplish the  integration of  the
Hobie  and  Timberland  products  and  brands,  or  that  the  Company  will not
experience difficulties  with  customers,  personnel  or  others.  In  addition,
although  the Company believes that  its acquisitions and licensing arrangements
will enhance its competitive  position and business prospects,  there can be  no
assurance  that such benefits  will be realized  or that the  combination of the
Company with  other companies  will  be successful.  The  success of  the  Hobie
Acquisition  will depend in part on the Company's ability to integrate the Hobie
manufacturing and inventory control  systems with those  used for the  Company's
other products. The success of the Timberland license arrangement, the Company's
first  effort to  develop a  new product  line using  a third-party  brand, will
depend in  part on  the continuing  strength  of the  Timberland brand  and  the
Company's  ability to expand recognition and  acceptance of the Timberland brand
into the sunglass market, and the Company's ability to expand its products  from
a  sports-oriented  product  line  to  include  a  lifestyle-oriented  line  for
Timberland. There can be no assurance that the Company's efforts will result  in
significant  sales  or net  income, if  any. The  Company may,  if opportunities
arise, acquire or license other product lines or businesses.
    
 
DEPENDENCE ON KEY PERSONNEL
 
     The Company's operations depend to a  significant extent on the efforts  of
its  senior management,  particularly Douglas B.  Hauff and G.  Travis Worth. In
addition, the success of the Timberland license arrangement will depend in  part
on  the efforts  of Douglas  W. Lauer, who  was hired  to design  and manage the
Timberland brand. Although  the Company has  entered into employment  agreements
with  Messrs.  Hauff, Worth  and  Lauer, there  can  be no  assurance  that such
individuals will  remain with  the Company.  The Company's  operations could  be
adversely  affected if, for any reason, such key personnel do not continue to be
active  in  the  Company's  management.   See  "Management  --  Employment   and
Change-in-Control  Agreements."  In addition,  if  Mr. Lauer  ceases  to provide
active and full-time management services  to the kindling company  ("Kindling"),
the  Company's majority-owned  subsidiary formed  to develop  products under the
Timberland brand  name,  Timberland  has  the right  to  terminate  the  license
agreement.  See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Company History."
 
DEPENDENCE ON SUNGLASS HUT
 
   
     Sales to Sunglass Hut, a  sunglass specialty retail chain (including  sales
to  Sunsations, which was acquired by Sunglass  Hut in July 1995), accounted for
approximately 33% and 37% of the Company's net sales for the year ended December
31, 1995 and  the six months  ended June 30,  1996, respectively.  Historically,
Sunglass  Hut has contributed significantly to the Company's overall growth. The
Company does not have a purchase  agreement with Sunglass Hut and a  substantial
decline  in purchases  of the  Company's products by  Sunglass Hut  could have a
material  adverse  effect  on  the  Company's  business,  prospects,   financial
condition  and operating results. In addition, the Company's ability to maintain
historical levels of gross profit will depend in part on its ability to continue
to sell sunglasses to Sunglass Hut at or near historical price levels.
    
 
RELIANCE ON LIMITED SOURCES OF SUPPLIES
 
     The Company  relies  on  a single  source  of  supply for  several  of  its
components,  including several of its frames, although the Company is attempting
to establish multiple  sources for  more of its  components. The  effect on  the
Company  of the loss of any of such sources or of a disruption in their business
will depend
 
                                        8
<PAGE>   11
 
primarily on the length of time necessary to find a suitable alternative source.
The loss of a source for a particular frame or any disruption in such source's
business or failure by it to meet the Company's product needs on a timely basis
could cause, at a minimum, temporary shortages in materials and could have a
material adverse effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial
condition and operating results. There can be no assurance that precautions
taken by the Company will be adequate or that alternative sources of supply can
be located or developed in a timely manner.
 
     The Company's Classic lens, which is used in manufacturing most of the
other Gargoyles brand products, can be produced only from the Company's molds,
which are operated by the Company's suppliers. If a mold were to become damaged
or unavailable for an extended period, the Company could experience a shortage
of its Classic lens, which could adversely affect the Company's operating
results. Moreover, the Company currently depends on a complex array of multiple
vendors in geographically diverse areas to perform its lens molding,
hard-coating and mirroring processes. The Company generally places orders for
lens molding, hard-coating and mirroring three to nine months prior to
forecasted product sales. The loss of or a delay by any one of its vendors could
interrupt the Company's supply of lenses and could adversely affect the
Company's business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
 
     Polycarbonate, the material from which the Company's lenses are
constructed, is presently in limited supply in world markets and requires a long
lead time for orders by the Company's lens suppliers. If such shortage continues
beyond current expectations, or if the Company and its lens suppliers are unable
to accurately predict and order sufficient polycarbonate to support the
Company's needs, the Company's lens suppliers' ability to deliver sufficient
quantities of lenses to the Company could be adversely affected or the price of
such lenses to the Company could increase. See "Business -- Manufacturing."
 
RISKS ASSOCIATED WITH VERTICAL INTEGRATION STRATEGY
 
     The Company, which currently assembles products manufactured primarily by a
network of outside suppliers, intends to vertically integrate and expand its
internal manufacturing capacity to centralize many of these processes. See
"Business -- Manufacturing." There can be no assurance that the Company's
efforts will be successful or will not entail some interruption in supply with
respect to certain products, which could have a material adverse effect on the
Company's business, prospects, financial condition and operating results.
Moreover, the Company's use of chemicals and other materials as it brings
certain manufacturing processes in-house will create some risk of environmental
liability and could lead to environmental compliance and cleanup costs by the
Company of a nature that the Company has not historically experienced.
 
PROTECTION OF PROPRIETARY RIGHTS
 
     The Company relies, in part, on patent, trade secret, unfair competition,
trade dress, trademark and copyright laws to protect its rights to certain
aspects of its products and to protect its competitive position and its rights
to certain aspects of its products. There can be no assurance that any pending
trademark or patent application will result in the issuance of a registered
trademark or patent, that any trademark or patent granted will be effective in
discouraging competition or be held valid if subsequently challenged or that
others will not assert rights in, and ownership of, the patents and other
proprietary rights of the Company. In addition, there can be no assurance that
the actions taken by the Company to protect its proprietary rights will be
adequate to prevent imitation of its products, that the Company's proprietary
information will not become known to competitors, that the Company can
meaningfully protect its rights to unpatented proprietary information or that
others will not independently develop substantially equivalent or better
products that do not infringe on the Company's intellectual property rights. The
Company has in the past been, and is currently, involved in litigation
concerning its proprietary rights. In addition, the laws of certain foreign
countries do not protect proprietary rights to the same extent as do the laws of
the United States. See "Business -- Intellectual Property."
 
     Consistent with the Company's strategy of vigorously defending its
intellectual property rights, the Company devotes substantial resources to the
enforcement of patents issued and trademarks granted to the Company, to the
protection of trade secrets, trade dress or other intellectual property rights
owned by the Company and to the determination of the scope or validity of the
proprietary rights of others that might be
 
                                        9
<PAGE>   12
 
asserted against the Company. A substantial increase in the level of potentially
infringing activities by others could require the Company to increase
significantly the resources devoted to such efforts. In addition, an adverse
determination in litigation could subject the Company to the loss of its rights
to a particular patent, trademark, copyright or trade secret, could require the
Company to grant licenses to third parties, could prevent the Company from
manufacturing, selling or using certain aspects of its products or could subject
the Company to substantial liability, any of which could have a material adverse
effect on the Company's business, prospects, financial condition and operating
results.
 
RISKS RELATING TO INTERNATIONAL SUPPLIERS AND SALES
 
     The Company imports many of its component parts and finished sunglasses
from international suppliers and, therefore, its prices for and supply of those
components or finished products may be adversely affected by changing economic
conditions in foreign countries and fluctuations in currency exchange rates. In
addition, the Company expects to increase its international sales, although
there can be no assurance that the Company will be able to do so. The Company's
international sales are subject to risks associated with economic conditions in
foreign countries, fluctuations in currency exchange rates, tariff regulations,
"local content" laws, political instability and trade restrictions. In addition,
there can be no assurance that the Company's brands and products will be as
popular internationally as they are in the United States, or that the Company
will be successful in preventing competitors from producing products using the
same or substantially similar technology for sale outside the United States.
 
ECONOMIC CONDITIONS; QUARTERLY FLUCTUATIONS; SEASONALITY
 
     The success of the Company's business depends to a significant extent on a
number of factors relating to discretionary consumer spending, including general
economic conditions affecting disposable consumer income, such as employment,
business conditions, interest rates and taxation. The Company's business is also
affected by economic factors and seasonal consumer buying patterns. The
Company's quarterly results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may
continue to fluctuate as a result of a number of factors, including seasonal
cycles, the timing of new product introductions, the timing of orders by the
Company's customers, the mix of product sales and the effects of weather
conditions on consumer purchases. Historically, the Company's net sales, in the
aggregate, generally have been higher in the period from March to September. In
1994 and 1995, approximately 59% and 64%, respectively, of the Company's net
sales occurred during its second and third quarters. See "Management's
Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of
Operations -- Seasonality."
 
PRODUCT LIABILITY
 
     Although the Company has not been subject to a significant product
liability claim to date, it may from time to time be subject to such lawsuits,
which generally seek damages for personal injuries allegedly sustained as a
result of defects in the Company's products. In addition, the Company could be
named as a defendant in cases involving products produced by Conquest Sports,
Inc. (formerly Pro-Tec, Inc., "Conquest"), which has been subject to numerous
claims and lawsuits from time to time. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis
of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Company History" and
"Certain Transactions." The Company maintains product liability, general
liability and excess liability insurance coverage, although there can be no
assurance that the Company's insurance will fully cover the damages and costs
associated with any particular claim.
 
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     The sale of a substantial number of shares of Common Stock in the public
market following the Offering could adversely affect the market price for the
Common Stock. Of the 7,542,304 shares to be outstanding following the Offering,
the 2,666,667 shares offered hereby will be freely tradable and the remaining
4,875,637 shares will be "restricted securities" under Rule 144 promulgated
under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "Securities Act"). Of such
restricted securities, approximately 1,170,000 shares will be eligible for sale
beginning 180 days after the date of this Prospectus upon the expiration of
lock-up agreements with
 
                                       10
<PAGE>   13
 
the Representatives and subject to the provisions of Rule 144 and up to an
additional 1,172,000 restricted shares will be eligible for sale in March 1997.
The Company intends to file a registration statement on Form S-8 following the
date of this Prospectus to register the shares of Common Stock reserved for
issuance upon the exercise of outstanding stock options. As of September 1,
1996, options to purchase approximately 107,000 shares will be vested, of which
approximately 43,000 such shares will be subject to the 180-day lock-up period
described above. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale."
 
CONTROL BY MAJOR SHAREHOLDERS AND DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS
 
     The Company's directors, executive officers, 5% shareholders and their
affiliates will, in the aggregate, beneficially own approximately 60% of the
outstanding shares of Common Stock after the Offering (approximately 55% if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). As a result, the
Company's directors, executive officers, 5% shareholders and their affiliates,
acting together, would be able to significantly influence or control many
matters requiring approval by the shareholders of the Company, including the
election of directors. See "Management" and "Principal and Selling
Shareholders."
 
ABSENCE OF PUBLIC MARKET AND POSSIBLE VOLATILITY OF STOCK PRICE
 
     Prior to the Offering, there has not been a public market for the Common
Stock, and there can be no assurance that an active trading market will develop
or be sustained. The initial public offering price for the Common Stock offered
hereby will be determined by negotiations among the Company, the Selling
Shareholders and the Representatives of the Underwriters, and may not be
indicative of the market price for the Common Stock after the Offering. The
market price for shares of Common Stock may be volatile and may fluctuate based
on a number of factors, including, without limitation, business performance,
news announcements or changes in general market conditions. See "Underwriting."
 
DILUTION
 
     The initial public offering price is substantially higher than the book
value per share of Common Stock. Investors purchasing shares of Common Stock in
the Offering will therefore incur immediate and substantial dilution. See
"Dilution."
 
ANTITAKEOVER CONSIDERATIONS
 
     The Company's Board of Directors has the authority, without shareholder
approval, to issue up to 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock and to fix the
rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions of such shares without any
further vote or action by the Company's shareholders. This authority, together
with certain provisions of the Company's Amended and Restated Articles of
Incorporation (the "Restated Articles"), may have the effect of making it more
difficult for a third party to acquire, or discouraging a third party from
attempting to acquire, control of the Company, even if shareholders purchasing
shares in the Offering may consider such a change in control to be in their best
interests. In addition, Washington law contains certain provisions that may have
the effect of delaying, deterring or preventing a hostile takeover of the
Company. See "Description of Capital Stock."
 
                                       11
<PAGE>   14
 
                                  THE COMPANY
 
     References to Gargoyles and the Company in this Prospectus include the
Company and its subsidiaries. The Company succeeded to the sunglass business of
Conquest, an affiliated company that transferred its sunglass business to the
Company upon the Company's formation in 1983, and references to Gargoyles and
the Company herein include the sunglass business of Conquest prior to 1983.
Antone Manufacturing, Inc. ("Antone"), an affiliated S corporation that provided
assembly operations for Gargoyles, was merged into the Company in March 1995,
and references to Gargoyles and the Company herein include the combined
operations of the Company and Antone, unless the context requires otherwise. In
February 1996, the Company acquired H.S.I., a California corporation d/b/a Hobie
Sunglasses ("Hobie"). In May 1996, the Company acquired a 70% interest in
Kindling to develop products under the Timberland brand name.
 
                                USE OF PROCEEDS
 
     The net proceeds to be received by the Company from the Offering, assuming
an initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and after deducting
underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses, are
estimated to be approximately $22.4 million (approximately $24.6 million if the
Underwriters' over-allotment option is exercised in full). The Company intends
to use the net proceeds as follows: (i) to repay approximately $20 million of
indebtedness anticipated to be outstanding at the close of the Offering; (ii) to
fund start-up costs for the Timberland product line; and (iii) for working
capital and other general corporate purposes (including paying a bonus to an
executive officer as required by an employment agreement, paying obligations
with respect to the discontinued business of Conquest, increasing manufacturing
capacity and expanding international operations). See "Management's Discussion
and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and
Capital Resources" for information regarding interest rates, maturities and use
of proceeds of indebtedness, "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial
Condition and Results of Operations -- Company History" for information
concerning Timberland and payment of obligations of the discontinued business of
Conquest and "Management -- Employment and Change-in-Control Agreements" and
"Certain Transactions" for information regarding the bonus to the executive
officer. Pending such uses, the net proceeds will be invested in short-term,
interest-bearing investment grade securities. The Company will not receive any
proceeds from shares of Common Stock sold by the Selling Shareholders.
 
     The Company may, when the opportunity arises, use an unspecified portion of
the net proceeds to acquire other businesses having product lines that are
compatible with the Company's business. In addition, any such acquisitions may
be financed with additional indebtedness and may involve the issuance of
significant amounts of the Company's capital stock. Such issuances of additional
capital stock could result in substantial dilution of ownership interests in the
Company. The Company has no specific arrangements with respect to any
acquisition at the present time, and there can be no assurance that any
acquisition will be made.
 
                                DIVIDEND POLICY
 
     Except for distributions made prior to March 22, 1995 by Antone, which was
taxed as an S corporation, the Company has not declared or paid any cash
dividends on the Common Stock. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations -- Liquidity and Capital
Resources." The Company expects to retain any future earnings to finance the
operation and expansion of its business. Future dividend payments will depend on
the results of operations, financial condition, capital expenditure plans and
other obligations of the Company and will be at the sole discretion of the
Company's Board of Directors. Under the Company's bank credit agreement, the
Company is prohibited from paying cash dividends without the bank's prior
written consent. The Company does not anticipate paying any cash dividends on
the Common Stock in the foreseeable future.
 
                                       12
<PAGE>   15
 
                                 CAPITALIZATION
 
   
     The  following table sets  forth the Company's  short-term indebtedness and
capitalization as  of June  30, 1996,  and as  adjusted to  give effect  to  the
Offering  (after deducting underwriting discounts  and commissions and estimated
offering expenses) and application of the estimated net proceeds therefrom.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                             JUNE 30, 1996
                                                                        ------------------------
                                                                         ACTUAL      AS ADJUSTED
                                                                        --------     -----------
                                                                             (IN THOUSANDS)
<S>                                                                     <C>          <C>
Short-term debt:
  Short-term notes payable............................................  $ 12,536      $      --
  Current maturities of long-term debt................................     1,413             --
                                                                        --------     -----------
     Total short-term debt............................................  $ 13,949      $      --
                                                                        ========      =========
Long-term debt, less current maturities...............................  $  5,828      $      --
                                                                        --------     -----------
Shareholders' equity (deficit):
  Preferred Stock, no par value; 10,000,000 shares authorized; no             --
     shares outstanding actual or as adjusted.........................                       --
  Common Stock, no par value; 40,000,000 shares authorized; 5,875,637      9,303
     shares issued and outstanding actual; 7,542,304 shares issued and
     outstanding as adjusted(1).......................................                   31,753
  Repurchased shares..................................................   (10,896)       (10,896)
  Retained earnings (deficit)(2)......................................    (4,567)        (4,867)
                                                                        --------     -----------
     Total shareholders' equity (deficit).............................    (6,160)        15,990
                                                                        --------     -----------
       Total capitalization...........................................  $   (332)     $  15,990
                                                                        ========      =========
    
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
   
(1) Excludes, as of June 30, 1996,  570,898 shares of Common Stock reserved  for
    issuance  pursuant  to  the  Company's benefit  plan,  of  which  options to
    purchase 485,338 shares  were outstanding with  a weighted average  exercise
    price  of $3.42 per  share, and 41,020  shares of Common  Stock reserved for
    issuance pursuant to an outstanding warrant with an exercise price of  $4.26
    per  share. See "Management -- Benefit Plan," "Description of Capital Stock"
    and "Certain Transactions."
    
 
(2) Reflects a nonrecurring bonus to an executive officer, in connection with an
    employment agreement, to  be paid upon  the closing of  the Offering,  which
    will be expensed concurrently with the closing of the Offering.
 
                                       13
<PAGE>   16
 
                                    DILUTION
 
   
     As   of  June  30,  1996,  the   Company's  net  tangible  book  value  was
approximately ($8.9) million, or ($1.52) per share of Common Stock. Net tangible
book value  per share  represents  the Company's  total assets  less  intangible
assets  and total liabilities  divided by the  number of shares  of Common Stock
outstanding. Without taking into account any other changes in net tangible  book
value  after June  30, 1996,  other than to  give effect  to the  Offering at an
assumed initial public offering price of $15.00 per share and the receipt by the
Company of the estimated net proceeds therefrom, the pro forma net tangible book
value of the Company  as of June  30, 1996 would  have been approximately  $13.5
million,  or  $1.80 per  share.  This represents  an  immediate increase  in net
tangible book value of $3.32 per share to existing shareholders and an immediate
dilution of $13.20  per share to  purchasers of  shares of Common  Stock in  the
Offering, as illustrated by the following:
    
 
<TABLE>
   
    <S>                                                                  <C>        <C>
    Assumed initial public offering price per share....................             $15.00
      Net tangible book value per share as of June 30, 1996............  $(1.52)
      Increase per share attributable to new investors.................    3.32
                                                                         ------
    Pro forma net tangible book value per share after the Offering.....               1.80
                                                                                    ------
    Dilution per share to new investors................................             $13.20
                                                                                    ======
    
</TABLE>
 
   
     The  following table summarizes as of June 30, 1996, after giving effect to
the Offering, the  differences between existing  shareholders and purchasers  of
shares  of Common Stock in the Offering with  respect to the number of shares of
Common Stock purchased from  the Company, the total  consideration paid and  the
average price per share paid:
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                             SHARES
                                         PURCHASED(1)(2)          TOTAL CONSIDERATION
                                      ---------------------     -----------------------     AVERAGE PRICE
                                       NUMBER       PERCENT       AMOUNT        PERCENT       PER SHARE
                                      ---------     -------     -----------     -------     -------------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>         <C>             <C>         <C>
Existing shareholders...............  5,875,637       77.9%     $ 5,924,110       19.2%        $  1.01
New investors.......................  1,666,667       22.1       25,000,000       80.8         $ 15.00
                                      ---------      -----      -----------      -----
  Total.............................  7,542,304      100.0%     $30,924,110      100.0%
                                      =========      =====      ===========      =====
</TABLE>
 
- ------------------------
   
(1) Excludes,  as of June 30, 1996, 570,898  shares of Common Stock reserved for
    issuance pursuant  to  the  Company's  benefit plan,  of  which  options  to
    purchase  485,338 shares were outstanding, and 41,020 shares of Common Stock
    reserved for issuance pursuant to an outstanding warrant. See "Management --
    Benefit Plan," "Description of Capital Stock" and "Certain Transactions."
 
(2) The above table  is based on  ownership as of  June 30, 1996.  Sales by  the
    Selling  Shareholders in the Offering will  reduce the number of shares held
    by existing  shareholders  to  4,875,637  shares, or  64.6%  (60.2%  if  the
    Underwriters'  over-allotment  option is  exercised  in full)  of  the total
    number of shares of  Common Stock outstanding after  the Offering, and  will
    increase  the number of shares held by new investors to 2,666,667 shares, or
    35.4% (39.8%  if the  Underwriters' over-allotment  option is  exercised  in
    full)  of the total number  of shares of Common  Stock outstanding after the
    Offering. See "Principal and Selling Shareholders."
    
 
                                       14
<PAGE>   17
 
                            SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA
 
   
     The  following selected financial data as of November 30, 1994 and December
31, 1995 and for  the years ended  November 30, 1993 and  1994 and December  31,
1995  are derived from the consolidated financial statements of Gargoyles, Inc.,
which have been  audited by  Ernst & Young  LLP, independent  auditors, and  are
included  elsewhere  in  this  Prospectus. The  selected  financial  data  as of
November 30, 1991,  1992 and 1993  and June 30,  1996, and for  the years  ended
November  30, 1991 and 1992 and for the  six months ended June 30, 1995 and 1996
are derived from unaudited consolidated  financial statements. In the  Company's
opinion,   the   unaudited   consolidated  financial   statements   include  all
adjustments,  consisting  of  normal  recurring  accruals,  which  the   Company
considers  necessary  for  a fair  presentation  of the  financial  position and
results of operations for  these periods. Operating results  for the six  months
ended  June 30, 1996 are  not necessarily indicative of  the results that may be
expected for the entire year ending December 31, 1996. This data should be  read
in  conjunction with  the consolidated  financial statements,  related notes and
other  financial  information  included  in  this  Prospectus.  The  results  of
operations for the one-month period ended December 31, 1994 are presented in the
Company's consolidated financial statements and the related notes thereto, which
are included elsewhere in this Prospectus.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                      FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                      -------------------------------------------------   SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                                 NOVEMBER 30,                                 JUNE 30,
                                                      ----------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,   -----------------
                                                       1991     1992     1993     1994         1995        1995      1996
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------   ------------   -------   -------
                                                                      (IN THOUSANDS, EXCEPT PER SHARE DATA)
<S>                                                   <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>       <C>            <C>       <C>
STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS DATA:
  Net sales.........................................  $6,371   $6,317   $8,242   $11,083     $ 17,138     $ 9,124   $17,627
  Cost of sales.....................................   2,523    2,483    3,243     4,265        6,527       3,474     7,386
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Gross profit......................................   3,848    3,834    4,999     6,818       10,611       5,650    10,241
  License income....................................      --       --       --        --          480         290       294
  Operating expenses:
    Sales and marketing.............................   1,485    1,583    2,210     3,041        5,354       2,801     4,985
    General and administrative......................   1,238    1,256    1,453     2,558        3,030       1,335     2,078
    Shipping and warehousing........................     293      310      436       607        1,030         428     1,071
    Research and development........................     103      211      215       127          305         128       333
    Loss on discontinued distribution agreement.....      --       --       --        --          312          --        --
    Stock compensation..............................      --       --       --        --          250         155     3,528
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
      Total operating expenses......................   3,119    3,360    4,314     6,333       10,281       4,847    11,995
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Income (loss) from operations.....................     729      474      685       485          810       1,093    (1,460)
  Other income (expense):
    Interest expense, net...........................     (60)     (35)     (55)     (176)      (1,043)       (391)   (1,161)
    Recapitalization expenses.......................      --       --       --        --         (574)       (574)       --
    Provision for loss on affiliate.................      --       --       --        --       (1,597)         --        --
    Other...........................................       5       87        2        --            7           5        --
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
      Total other income (expense)..................     (55)      52      (53)     (176)      (3,207)       (960)   (1,161)
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Income (loss) before income taxes.................     674      526      632       309       (2,397)        133    (2,621)
  Income tax provision (benefit)....................      87      107       40        10         (100)          5        --
                                                      ------   ------   ------   -------      -------      ------    ------
  Net income (loss).................................  $  587   $  419   $  592   $   299     $ (2,297)    $   128   $(2,621)
                                                      ======   ======   ======   =======      =======      ======    ======
  Pro forma net income (loss)(1)....................  $  424   $  380   $  415   $   179     $ (2,343)    $    82   $(2,621)
                                                      ======   ======   ======   =======      =======      ======    ======
  Pro forma net income (loss) per share(2)..........  $ 0.07   $ 0.06   $ 0.07   $  0.03     $  (0.38)    $  0.01   $ (0.43)
  Shares used in computing pro forma net income
    (loss) per share(2).............................   6,138    6,138    6,138     6,138        6,138       6,138     6,142
SUPPLEMENTAL DATA (UNAUDITED):
  Pro forma net sales(3)............................                             $14,774     $ 21,182     $11,446   $17,938
  Adjusted pro forma net income(4)..................                                              616                 1,981
  Adjusted pro forma net income per share(5)........                                         $   0.08               $  0.25
    
</TABLE>
 
                                       15
<PAGE>   18
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                        NOVEMBER 30,
                                                              ---------------------------------   DECEMBER 31,   JUNE 30,
                                                               1991     1992     1993     1994        1995         1996
                                                              ------   ------   ------   ------   ------------   ---------
                                                                                     (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                       <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>      <C>            <C>
    BALANCE SHEET DATA:
      Working capital.......................................  $1,314   $1,053   $1,042   $ (146)    $ (2,872)     $(5,012)
      Total assets..........................................   2,772    2,422    3,776    6,673       11,266       21,458
      Total debt............................................     903      306    1,062    2,557       12,780       19,777
      Shareholders' equity (deficit)........................   1,221    1,097    1,101      776       (7,204)      (6,160)
    
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) Antone,   an  affiliated  company,  had  previously   been  taxed  as  an  S
    corporation. The pro forma net income amounts for all periods prior to  1996
    reflect  adjustments for  income taxes as  if Antone  had been taxed  as a C
    corporation rather than an S corporation.
 
   
(2) See Note  1  to  the  Company's Consolidated  Financial  Statements  for  an
    explanation  of the number of shares used  in computing pro forma net income
    (loss) per share.
    
 
(3) Amounts give effect  to the  Hobie Acquisition  as if  such transaction  had
    occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.
 
(4) Amounts  give effect  to the  Hobie Acquisition  and the  application of the
    estimated net  proceeds  from  the  Offering as  if  such  transactions  had
    occurred  at  the  beginning  of  the  respective  periods  (see  "Pro Forma
    Financial Information"), and reflect the elimination of certain nonrecurring
    charges as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                                       SIX MONTHS
                                                                                      YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                                                     DECEMBER 31,       JUNE 30,
                                                                                         1995             1996
                                                                                     ------------     ------------
                                                                                            (IN THOUSANDS)
    <S>                                                                              <C>              <C>
    Pro forma net income (loss) as adjusted........................................    $ (1,397)        $ (1,547)
                                                                                       --------             ----
    Add back:
      Recapitalization expenses....................................................         574               --
      Provision for loss on affiliate..............................................       1,597               --
      Stock compensation...........................................................         250            3,528
                                                                                       --------             ----
          Total adjustments........................................................       2,421            3,528
    Tax effect of adjustments......................................................         408               --
                                                                                       --------             ----
          Net adjustments..........................................................       2,013            3,528
                                                                                       --------             ----
    Adjusted pro forma net income..................................................    $    616         $  1,981
                                                                                       ========             ====
    
</TABLE>
 
(5) Adjusted pro forma net  income per share amounts  are computed based on  the
    number  of  shares determined  in accordance  with Note  1 to  the Company's
    Consolidated Financial Statements, adjusted for the number of shares  issued
    in connection with the Hobie Acquisition and the number of shares assumed to
    be  issued  in connection  with  the Offering  as  if such  transactions had
    occurred at the beginning of the respective periods.
 
                                       16
<PAGE>   19
 
                        PRO FORMA FINANCIAL INFORMATION
 
   
     The  following Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations for the year
ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996 are unaudited and
were prepared as if the  Hobie Acquisition was effective  as of January 1,  1995
and  January 1,  1996, respectively.  The Pro  Forma Consolidated  Statements of
Operations do not purport to represent what the Company's results of  operations
would  actually have been if the Hobie  Acquisition had in fact occurred on such
dates or to project the Company's  results of operations for any future  period.
The  Pro Forma Consolidated Statements of Operations are based on the historical
financial statements  of the  Company and  Hobie and  give effect  to the  Hobie
Acquisition  under the purchase method of accounting. The Pro Forma Consolidated
Statements of Operations as  adjusted for the year  ended December 31, 1995  and
for  the six months ended June 30, 1996 reflect the application of the estimated
net proceeds from  the Offering as  if it had  occurred on January  1, 1995  and
January  1,  1996,  respectively.  The  Pro  Forma  Consolidated  Statements  of
Operations should be read in conjunction  with the financial statements and  the
related  notes thereto of  Gargoyles and of Hobie,  which are included elsewhere
herein.
    
 
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                      FOR THE YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31, 1995
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         PRO FORMA                  ADJUSTMENTS      PRO FORMA
                                   GARGOYLES   HOBIE    ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA   FOR OFFERING(4)   AS ADJUSTED
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------   ---------------   -----------
<S>                                <C>         <C>      <C>           <C>         <C>               <C>
Net sales........................   $17,138    $4,044      $  --       $21,182        $    --         $21,182
Cost of sales....................     6,527     1,992         --         8,519             --           8,519
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
Gross profit.....................    10,611     2,052         --        12,663             --          12,663
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
License income...................       480        --         --           480             --             480
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............     5,354     1,176         --         6,530             --           6,530
  General and administrative.....     3,030       679        233(1)      3,942             --           3,942
  Shipping and warehousing.......     1,030        35         --         1,065             --           1,065
  Research and development.......       305        --         --           305             --             305
  Loss on discontinued                  312        --         --           312             --             312
    distribution agreement.......
  Stock compensation.............       250        --         --           250             --             250
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
    Total operating expenses.....    10,281     1,890        233        12,404             --          12,404
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
Income (loss) from operations....       810       162       (233)          739             --             739
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense, net..........    (1,043)     (131)      (450)(2)    (1,624)         1,624(5)           --
  Recapitalization expenses......      (574)       --         --          (574)            --            (574)
  Provision for loss on              (1,597)       --         --        (1,597)            --          (1,597)
    affiliate....................
  Other..........................         7       (15)        --            (8)            --              (8)
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
    Total other income               (3,207)     (146)      (450)       (3,803)         1,624          (2,179)
      (expense)..................
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
Income (loss) before income          (2,397)       16       (683)       (3,064)         1,624          (1,440)
  taxes..........................
Income tax provision (benefit)...      (100)       11         46(3)        (43)            --             (43)
                                   ---------   ------   -----------   ---------       -------       -----------
Net income (loss)................   $(2,297)   $    5      $(729)      $(3,021)       $ 1,624         $(1,397)
                                   ==========  ======   ============  ==========  ===============   ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                       17
<PAGE>   20
   
 
                 PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF OPERATIONS
                     FOR THE SIX MONTHS ENDED JUNE 30, 1996
                                 (IN THOUSANDS)
    
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   

                                                                                    ADJUSTMENTS
                                                           PRO FORMA                    FOR        PRO FORMA
                                   GARGOYLES   HOBIE(6)   ADJUSTMENTS   PRO FORMA   OFFERING(4)   AS ADJUSTED
                                   ---------   --------   -----------   ---------   -----------   -----------
<S>                                <C>         <C>        <C>           <C>         <C>           <C>
Net sales........................   $17,627      $311        $  --       $17,938      $    --       $17,938
Cost of sales....................     7,386       167           --         7,553           --         7,553
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
Gross profit.....................    10,241       144           --        10,385           --        10,385
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
License income...................       294        --           --           294           --           294
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing............     4,985        77           --         5,062           --         5,062
  General and administrative.....     2,078       122           29(1)      2,229           --         2,229
  Shipping and warehousing.......     1,071         4           --         1,075           --         1,075
  Research and development.......       333        --           --           333           --           333
  Stock compensation.............     3,528        --           --         3,528           --         3,528
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
    Total operating expenses.....    11,995       203           29        12,227           --        12,227
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) from operations....    (1,460)      (59)         (29)       (1,548)          --        (1,548)
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense, net..........    (1,161)      (13)         (57)(2)    (1,231)       1,231(5)         --
  Other..........................        --         1           --             1           --             1
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
    Total other income               (1,161)      (12)         (57)       (1,230)       1,231             1
      (expense)..................
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
Income (loss) before income          (2,621)      (71)         (86)       (2,778)       1,231        (1,547)
  taxes..........................
Income tax provision (benefit)...        --       (24)          --           (24)          24(7)         --
                                   ---------   --------      -----      ---------   -----------   -----------
Net income (loss)................   $(2,621)     $(47)       $ (86)      $(2,754)     $ 1,207       $(1,547)
                                   ==========  =========  ============  ==========  ============  ===========
    
</TABLE>
 
            NOTES TO PRO FORMA CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
(1) To  record  the  amortization  of  intangibles  associated  with  the  Hobie
    Acquisition. For purposes of calculating goodwill and related  amortization,
    the allocation of the purchase price using the purchase method of accounting
    is  based on the fair value of the assets and liabilities of Hobie that were
    acquired. The most significant component of intangibles is goodwill that  is
    being amortized over the remaining 27-year license period of the Hobie brand
    name.
 
(2) To  record interest expense for the period  prior to the acquisition of debt
    incurred in the Hobie Acquisition.

(3) Reflects adjustments for  income taxes as  if Antone had been  taxed as a  C
    corporation rather than an S corporation.
 
(4) The  adjustments for  the Offering  do not  reflect a  nonrecurring $300,000
    bonus to be paid  to an executive officer  in connection with an  employment
    agreement,  which  will be  expensed concurrently  with  the closing  of the
    Offering. See "Management -- Employment and Change-in-Control Agreements."
 
(5) Reflects  the  estimated  reduction  in  interest  expense  on  indebtedness
    expected to be repaid from the estimated net proceeds of the Offering.
 
(6) Includes  the results of operations for Hobie for the period January 1, 1996
    through February 13, 1996, the date of acquisition.
 
(7) Reflects  the  additional taxes  as  a result  of  the adjustments  for  the
    Offering.
 
                                       18
<PAGE>   21
 
                    MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF
                 FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     This  discussion and analysis should be  read in conjunction with "Selected
Financial Data," "Pro Forma Financial Information" and the Company's and Hobie's
financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
 
     In 1995, the Company changed its reporting period from a fiscal year ending
November 30 to a calendar year-end.  In the following discussion, references  to
1993, 1994 and 1995 are to the 12-month fiscal years ended November 30, 1993 and
1994 and December 31, 1995, respectively. The results of operations for the one-
month period ended December 31, 1994 are presented in the Company's consolidated
financial statements and the related notes thereto, which are included elsewhere
in this Prospectus.
 
COMPANY HISTORY
 
     Background.  The  Company  was founded  in  1979  by Dennis  L.  Burns (the
"Founder") to develop a sunglass style that not only would cover and protect the
eyes more  effectively than  traditional  "flat" lens  designs, but  also  would
minimize  distortion.  In 1983,  the Company  completed  its development  of the
patented dual lens toric curve technology and introduced its first product,  the
Gargoyles  Classic.  Until 1992,  the  Company was  a  successful single-product
company with relatively few resources devoted to expanding its product line, and
was  dependent  on  independent  manufacturers'  representatives  to  sell   its
products.  In May 1992, the Company began  installing a new management team. The
new management team  (i) hired  a number  of experienced  senior executives  and
mid-level  managers; (ii) focused on developing new products designed to exploit
the patented dual lens toric curve  technology; (iii) pursued a growth  strategy
centered  around aggressive new product introductions;  (iv) invested in its own
direct sales force to  expand distribution; and (v)  implemented a more  focused
and  aggressive  marketing and  advertising strategy  to enhance  the Gargoyles'
brand image.  Primarily  as a  result  of  these initiatives,  the  Company  has
achieved significant increases in sales.
 
   
     Recapitalization.    In   a   March    22,   1995   recapitalization   (the
"Recapitalization"),  an  investor  group  (the  "Investors")  led  by  Trillium
Corporation  ("Trillium") acquired  a controlling  interest in  the Company. See
"Certain Transactions." In the Recapitalization,  the Company (i) borrowed  $6.0
million  pursuant to a bank loan guaranteed by Trillium; (ii) sold approximately
3.5 million shares of  its Common Stock  to the Investors  in exchange for  $5.4
million,  of which $900,000  was paid in cash  and $4.5 million  was paid in the
form of a promissory  note from Trillium; and  (iii) redeemed approximately  3.5
million shares of Common Stock from the Founder for $10.9 million, of which $6.4
million  was paid in cash and $4.5 million  was paid in the form of a promissory
note to the Founder. The $4.5 million note receivable and the $4.5 million  note
payable  and related interest have been offset for financial reporting purposes.
In January 1996, the obligations evidenced by the Company's note to the  Founder
and  Trillium's note to the  Company were satisfied in  full. In connection with
the Recapitalization,  the Company  recorded a  charge of  $574,000 relating  to
severance,  legal and other costs and  recorded noncash deferred compensation of
$400,000 related to the  amendment of an option  agreement, which was  amortized
over  the  vesting  period.  See  "--  General"  and  "Certain  Transactions  --
Recapitalization Transaction."
    
 
     Hobie Acquisition.    In February  1996,  the Company  acquired  the  Hobie
sunglass  business  for $3.4  million.  Hobie manufactures  polarized sunglasses
under the Hobie brand name pursuant to a long-term license agreement from  Hobie
Designs,   Inc.  In  addition,  as   consideration  for  certain  noncompetition
covenants, the Company  agreed to  pay an aggregate  of $200,000  in 12  monthly
installments and issued an aggregate of 15,634 shares of its Common Stock to two
of  Hobie's  former  shareholders. The  Company  also agreed  to  pay consulting
service fees  of up  to an  aggregate  of $300,000  to these  two  shareholders,
contingent upon the achievement by Hobie of certain sales objectives in 1996 and
1997.  In addition,  during 1998 these  shareholders may require  the Company to
repurchase their shares  for an  aggregate of $200,000  if the  Company has  not
completed  a public  offering by  December 31,  1997. The  Hobie Acquisition was
funded by  proceeds of  a bank  loan, which  Trillium guaranteed.  See  "Certain
Transactions  --  Other  Transactions."  Following  the  Hobie  Acquisition, the
Company  relocated  Hobie's  operations  to  the  Company's  facility  in  Kent,
Washington.
 
                                       19
<PAGE>   22
 
     Timberland Transaction.  In May 1996, the Company, together with Douglas W.
Lauer, former president of Revo, a subsidiary of Bausch & Lomb, formed Kindling,
a  majority-owned  subsidiary, to  design,  develop, manufacture  and distribute
sunglasses  and,  with  Timberland's   consent,  ophthalmic  frames  under   the
Timberland  brand name. Concurrently with  Kindling's formation, the Company and
Kindling, jointly and  severally, acquired an  exclusive, worldwide (except  for
Benelux,  Cyprus, Israel  and Scandinavia)  license from  Timberland to  use the
Timberland trademark and tree logo on sunglasses, eyewear accessories and,  with
Timberland's  consent, ophthalmic  frames. The Company  contributed $1.2 million
for its 70% interest in Kindling. Of that amount, $100,000 was paid in cash  and
$1.1  million by means of a non-interest-bearing promissory note that is payable
in installments through January 1997, a portion  of which will be paid with  the
net  proceeds of the Offering. The  license agreement with Timberland expires on
December 31,  2000  with  options  to renew  by  the  Company  assuming  certain
conditions  are met  and subject  to provisions  for earlier  termination. Under
certain circumstances,  Timberland may  require Kindling  to repurchase  all  of
Timberland's  10% interest  in Kindling.  In addition,  upon the  achievement of
certain operating  objectives, Mr.  Lauer  and certain  other key  employees  of
Kindling may be granted up to an additional 10% of Kindling's common stock owned
by  the Company. Trillium has agreed to make  advances of up to $400,000 to fund
the Company's  1996  capital obligations  to  Kindling. To  date,  Trillium  has
advanced $100,000 in each of June and July 1996, which are due, with interest at
12%  per  annum,  on September  30,  1996  (the "Kindling  Loan").  See "Certain
Transactions -- Other  Transactions." The  Company and Mr.  Lauer are  currently
formulating  the  strategy  with respect  to  the Timberland  product  line; the
Company anticipates  that sales  of Timberland  branded products  will begin  in
1997.
 
     Conquest  Asset Sale and Liquidation.   Prior to the Recapitalization, both
the Company and  Conquest were  majority-owned by the  Founder. Conquest's  core
business  has  been the  design, manufacture,  distribution  and sale  of sports
helmets. At the time of the Recapitalization, shares of Conquest's common  stock
were sold by the Founder to substantially the same investor group that purchased
Common  Stock  in the  Recapitalization. See  "Certain Transactions  -- Conquest
Transactions." The Company  has advanced  funds to Conquest  and has  guaranteed
certain liabilities of Conquest. Management has concluded that it is likely that
Conquest  will be unable to meet its obligations and, therefore, the Company has
recorded a provision in the fourth quarter of 1995 of $1.6 million  representing
the  write-off of  the Company's  receivable from  Conquest and  other potential
payments  of  Conquest  liabilities,   including  Conquest  indebtedness   which
Gargoyles  has guaranteed. In June 1996, Conquest sold certain of its assets for
a purchase  price  of approximately  $600,000  plus the  assumption  of  certain
liabilities. Conquest is in the process of liquidating its remaining assets.
 
GENERAL
 
   
     The  Company  introduced  its first  product  in December  1983.  Since the
Company's new management was put in place in 1992, the Company's net sales  have
grown significantly, from $6.3 million in 1992 to $17.1 million in 1995. For the
first  six months of 1996, net sales  increased 93% to $17.6 million compared to
the same period for 1995. The Company attributes its net sales growth  primarily
to  the introduction  of new  products, growth  of sunglass  specialty retailers
(principally Sunglass Hut), sales  efforts focused on  opening new accounts  and
increased  brand recognition. The Company's  number of active accounts increased
from in excess of 1,800  in 1993 to approximately  2,800 in 1995. The  Company's
annual net sales per active account increased at a compounded annual growth rate
of approximately 17% from $4,519 in 1993 to $6,160 in 1995.
    
 
     In  April 1995, the Company entered  into a license agreement (the "License
Agreement") whereby it, as licensor,  receives quarterly cash payments based  on
the  portion of  the licensee's  income from the  sale of  certain products. The
Company also received  a $1.0 million  payment at the  inception of the  License
Agreement.  After deducting expenses associated  with the License Agreement, the
$720,000 balance was recorded as deferred license income, and is being amortized
over a four-year  term. The  quarterly cash  payments, and  the amortization  of
deferred  license  income,  are  reported as  license  income  on  the Company's
consolidated financial statements.
 
   
     Hobie was acquired by  the Company on February  13, 1996 and was  accounted
for  as a  purchase. Results  of Hobie are  therefore included  in the Company's
consolidated financial statements for  the period ended June  30, 1996 only  for
the  period from February 14, 1996 to June 30, 1996. Results for the period from
    
 
                                       20
<PAGE>   23
 
January 1, 1996 until the date of the Hobie Acquisition and results for Hobie
for 1995 and 1994 are also included in the financial statements contained in
this Prospectus.
 
   
     Pursuant to an agreement dated January 5, 1994, among Gargoyles, the
Founder and Mr. Hauff, the Founder granted Mr. Hauff a nonqualified option to
purchase 10% of the Common Stock from the Founder. In connection with the
Recapitalization, the provisions of the option agreement were amended to
eliminate the option's expiration date, unless the Company closed an initial
public offering, in which case the option would immediately vest and expire. The
amended option was subsequently assumed by the Investors. See "Certain
Transactions--Other Transactions." As a result of the amendment, the Company was
required to recognize deferred compensation of $400,000, which was expensed over
the option vesting period. Also in connection with the Recapitalization, the
Investors granted Mr. Hauff an additional nonqualified option to purchase
146,500 shares of the Common Stock owned by the Investors at an exercise price
of $4.26 per share. In June 1996, in contemplation of the Offering, the
Investors further amended Mr. Hauff's option agreements to accelerate the
vesting and to extend the expiration date to June 28, 2006. As a result, the
remaining balance of $150,000 from the initial $400,000 deferred compensation
was expensed and Gargoyles recognized an additional nonrecurring, noncash stock
compensation charge of $3.4 million in the second quarter of 1996.
    
 
     Antone provided assembly operations for Gargoyles prior to the
Recapitalization and was merged into Gargoyles in connection with the
Recapitalization. The merger was accounted for as a pooling-of-interests due to
common ownership. Prior to the Recapitalization, Antone was taxed as an S
corporation. Accordingly, Antone's taxable income included in the Company's
consolidated financial statements is treated as if it were distributed to the
Founder, who is responsible for payment of taxes thereon. The Company did not,
therefore, pay taxes on Antone's taxable income prior to the Recapitalization.
 
RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
 
     The following table sets forth results of operations, as a percentage of
net sales, for the periods indicated:
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       FISCAL YEAR ENDED
                                                --------------------------------       SIX MONTHS
                                                                                          ENDED
                                                 NOVEMBER 30,                           JUNE 30,
                                                ---------------     DECEMBER 31,     ---------------
                                                1993      1994          1995         1995      1996
                                                -----     -----     ------------     -----     -----
<S>                                             <C>       <C>       <C>              <C>       <C>
Net sales.....................................  100.0%    100.0%        100.0%       100.0%    100.0%
Cost of sales.................................   39.4      38.5          38.1         38.1      41.9
                                                -----     -----         -----        -----     -----
Gross profit..................................   60.6      61.5          61.9         61.9      58.1
License income................................     --        --           2.8          3.2       1.7
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.........................   26.8      27.4          31.2         30.7      28.3
  General and administrative..................   17.6      23.1          17.7         14.6      11.8
  Shipping and warehousing....................    5.3       5.5           6.0          4.7       6.0
  Research and development....................    2.6       1.1           1.8          1.4       1.9
  Loss on discontinued distribution
     agreement................................     --        --           1.8           --        --
  Stock compensation..........................     --        --           1.5          1.7      20.0
                                                -----     -----         -----        -----     -----
     Total operating expenses.................   52.3      57.1          60.0         53.1      68.0
                                                -----     -----         -----        -----     -----
Income (loss) from operations.................    8.3%      4.4%          4.7%        12.0%     (8.2)%
                                                =====     =====         =====        =====     =====
</TABLE>
    
 
   
  Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 Compared to Six Months Ended June 30, 1995
    
 
   
     Net sales.  Net sales increased to $17.6 million for the six months ended
June 30, 1996 from $9.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995. This
increase was primarily the result of (i) new product introductions, including
the Helios models in March 1995 and the Paladin, Vortex and Octane models in
1996, (ii) sales increases in existing product lines, (iii) an increase in the
number of active accounts resulting from the Company's sales efforts, and (iv)
sale of Hobie products in the 1996 period, subsequent to the Hobie Acquisition,
totaling approximately $3.0 million. The change in the Company's product mix
associated with
    
 
                                       21
<PAGE>   24
 
   
new product introductions and the inclusion of the Hobie product lines
contributed to a 3% increase in the total average selling price in the 1996
period on unit growth of 84%.
    
 
   
     Gross profit.  Gross profit increased to $10.2 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from $5.6 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
Gross margin decreased to 58.1% in the 1996 period from 61.9% in the 1995
period. The decline in gross margin in 1996 was attributable, in part, to large
purchases by Sunglass Hut and growth in sales to new distributors, both of which
receive higher volume discounts than the Company's other accounts. The Company's
sales to Sunglass Hut totaled approximately 37% of the Company's net sales
compared to a historical level of approximately 33%. The Company anticipates
that its sales to Sunglass Hut for the remaining quarters of 1996 will more
closely approximate historical levels. In addition, the decrease in gross margin
in 1996 resulted from lower gross margin for Hobie. Hobie's lower gross margin
resulted primarily from sales pricing and component costs in place at the time
of the Hobie Acquisition in February 1996. The decrease in gross margin in 1996
also resulted from unanticipated cost increases from one frame supplier, which
led to a decrease in gross margin of approximately 1.5%. The Company is
replacing this supplier with a new, lower-cost supplier.
    
 
   
     License income.  License income increased to $294,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from $290,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
    
 
   
     Operating expenses.  Operating expenses increased to $12.0 million for the
six months ended June 30, 1996 from $4.8 million for the six months ended June
30, 1995. As a percentage of net sales, operating expenses increased to 68.0% in
the 1996 period, which included stock compensation of $3.5 million or 20.0% of
net sales, from 53.1% in the 1995 period. Excluding this stock compensation,
operating expenses as a percentage of net sales decreased to 48.0% for the 1996
period. Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.2 million in the 1996 period,
primarily as a result of salaries and commissions associated with higher sales
levels and increases in marketing and warranty expenditures. As a percentage of
net sales, sales and marketing expenses decreased to 28.3% in the 1996 period
from 30.7% in the 1995 period due to the slower growth of these expenses
compared to net sales. General and administrative expenses increased $743,000 in
the 1996 period, as the Company continued to add personnel and the
infrastructure necessary to support its growth. As a percentage of net sales,
general and administrative expenses decreased to 11.8% in the 1996 period from
14.6% in the 1995 period, due to greater leverage of the Company's overhead.
Stock compensation increased to $3.5 million in the 1996 period from $155,000 in
the 1995 period. See "-- General."
    
 
   
     Income (loss) from operations.  The Company's loss from operations of
($1.5) million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to income from
operations of $1.1 million for the six months ended June 30, 1995 primarily as a
result of the nonrecurring, noncash stock compensation charge in the 1996
period.
    
 
   
     Interest expense, net.  Net interest expense increased to $1.2 million for
the six months ended June 30, 1996 from $400,000 for the six months ended June
30, 1995. This increase resulted from substantially higher debt incurred in the
Recapitalization in March 1995 and the Hobie Acquisition in February 1996, and
increased borrowings to support operations.
    
 
     Recapitalization expenses.  In March 1995, the Company incurred $574,000 in
expenses relating to the Recapitalization for severance, legal and other costs.
See "-- Company History."
 
   
     Income tax provision (benefit).  The Company's income tax benefit was zero
for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to an income tax provision of
$5,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995. Differences from the federal
statutory income tax rate of 34% resulted primarily in 1996 from increases in
the reserve against certain tax assets and, in 1995, the inclusion of Antone's
earnings in income (loss) before income taxes. The Company was not subject to
income tax on Antone's earnings because Antone was an S corporation.
    
 
   
     Net income (loss).  As a result of the items discussed above, the Company's
net loss was ($2.6) million for the six months ended June 30, 1996 compared to
net income of $128,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
    
 
                                       22
<PAGE>   25
 
   
     Hobie.  Net sales of Hobie sunglasses were $3.3 million for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 compared to $2.3 million for the six months ended June 30,
1995. Hobie's income from operations increased to $753,000 for the six months
ended June 30, 1996 from $172,000 for the six months ended June 30, 1995.
Hobie's operating expenses in the 1996 period included amortization of goodwill
and noncompete agreement costs totaling $33,500. Hobie's net loss for the period
from January 1 to February 13, 1996 was $47,000. This loss resulted primarily
from the seasonality of Hobie's business.
    
 
  Year Ended December 31, 1995 Compared to Year Ended November 30, 1994
 
     Change in fiscal year-end.  In 1995, the Company changed its reporting
period from a fiscal year ending November 30 to a calendar year. The results of
operations for the one-month period ended December 31, 1994 are presented in the
Company's consolidated financial statements and the related notes. Because the
Company's business is seasonal, the results of operations for December are not
indicative of results for other months in the year.
 
     Net sales.  Net sales increased to $17.1 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 from $11.1 million for the year ended November 30, 1994. This
increase was primarily the result of (i) new product introductions, including
the Helios models, (ii) sales increases in existing product lines, and (iii) an
increase in the number of active accounts resulting from the Company's sales
efforts. The change in the Company's product mix contributed to a 15% increase
in the total average selling price of eyewear in 1995 on unit growth of 38%.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross profit increased to $10.6 million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 from $6.8 million for the year ended November 30, 1994. Gross
margin increased to 61.9% in 1995 from 61.5% in 1994. This slight margin
improvement resulted from a reduction in the cost for certain key components,
partially offset by unanticipated cost increases from one frame supplier, which
led to a decrease in gross margin of approximately 1.5%. The Company is
replacing this supplier with a new, lower-cost supplier.
 
     License income.  The License Agreement was entered into in February 1995,
resulting in license income of $480,000 for 1995.
 
     Operating expenses.  Operating expenses increased to $10.3 million for the
year ended December 31, 1995 from $6.3 million for the year ended November 30,
1994. As a percentage of net sales, operating expenses increased to 60.0% in
1995 from 57.1% in 1994. Sales and marketing expenses increased $2.3 million in
1995, primarily as a result of salaries and commissions associated with higher
sales levels and increases in marketing and warranty expenditures. As a
percentage of net sales, sales and marketing expenses increased to 31.2% in 1995
from 27.4% in 1994, reflecting the Company's increased investment in its direct
sales force. General and administrative expenses increased $472,000 in 1995, as
the Company continued to add personnel and the infrastructure necessary to
support its growth. As a percentage of net sales, general and administrative
expenses decreased to 17.7% in 1995 from 23.1% in 1994. General and
administrative expenses in 1994 were impacted by several investments the Company
made, including the expenses associated with moving into a new facility and
investments in personnel and the infrastructure necessary to support its
anticipated growth. Additionally, during 1995 the Company incurred net expenses
of $312,000 associated with the discontinuance of a distribution agreement for
the sale of sunglasses produced by another manufacturer. Stock compensation
totaled $250,000 for 1995.
 
     Income from operations.  The Company's income from operations increased to
$810,000 for the year ended December 31, 1995 from $485,000 for the year ended
November 30, 1994. As a percentage of net sales, income from operations
increased to 4.7% in 1995 from 4.4% in 1994. This increase was the result of the
Company's net sales growth, gross margin improvement and license income,
partially offset by the increase in operating expenses.
 
     Interest expense, net.  Net interest expense increased to $1.0 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 from $176,000 for the year ended November 30,
1994. This increase resulted from debt incurred in the Recapitalization and
increased borrowings to support operations.
 
                                       23
<PAGE>   26
 
     Recapitalization expenses.  In March 1995, the Company incurred $574,000 in
expenses  relating to the Recapitalization for severance, legal and other costs.
See "-- Company History."
 
     Provision for loss on affiliate.  During 1995, the Company recorded a  $1.6
million provision for the loss on Conquest. Gargoyles has advanced funds to, and
guaranteed  certain  liabilities  of,  Conquest.  This  provision  included  the
write-off of the funds  advanced, and the establishment  of a liability for  the
Company's  potential payment  of certain  Conquest liabilities.  See "-- Company
History" and "Certain Transactions -- Conquest Transactions."
 
     Income tax  provision (benefit).    The Company's  income tax  benefit  was
($100,000)  for the  year ended  December 31,  1995, compared  to an  income tax
provision of $10,000 for the year ended November 30, 1994. Differences from  the
federal  statutory income tax  rate of 34% resulted  primarily from increases in
the reserve against certain tax assets and the inclusion of Antone's earnings in
income (loss) before income taxes. The Company was not subject to income tax  on
Antone's earnings because Antone was an S corporation.
 
     Net  income (loss).  The  Company's net loss was  $2.3 million for the year
ended December 31, 1995, compared to net  income of $299,000 for the year  ended
November  30, 1994. This  decrease resulted principally  from increased interest
expense and nonrecurring  recapitalization expenses  and nonrecurring  provision
for loss on affiliate, partially offset by the increased income from operations.
 
     Hobie.   Net sales  of Hobie sunglasses  increased to $4.0  million for the
year ended December 31, 1995 from $3.7  million for the year ended December  31,
1994.  Hobie's income from  operations increased to $162,000  for the year ended
December 31,  1995 from  $84,000 for  the  year ended  December 31,  1994.  This
increase  was primarily the result of Hobie's  net sales growth and gross margin
improvement partially offset by an increase in operating expenses.
 
  Year Ended November 30, 1994 Compared to Year Ended November 30, 1993
 
     Net sales.    Net sales  increased  to $11.1  million  for the  year  ended
November  30, 1994 from $8.2 million for  the year ended November 30, 1993. This
increase was primarily the  result of (i)  new product introductions,  including
the  Legends model, (ii) sales increases in existing product lines, and (iii) an
increase in the  number of active  accounts resulting from  the Company's  sales
efforts.  The change in the Company's product  mix contributed to a 14% increase
in the total average selling price of eyewear in 1994 on unit growth of 18%.
 
     Gross profit.  Gross  profit increased to $6.8  million for the year  ended
November  30, 1994 from $5.0 million for the year ended November 30, 1993. Gross
margin increased  to  61.5%  in 1994  from  60.6%  in 1993.  This  increase  was
primarily the result of cost reductions obtained for certain key components.
 
     Operating  expenses.  Operating expenses increased  to $6.3 million for the
year ended November 30, 1994 from $4.3  million for the year ended November  30,
1993. Operating expenses as a percentage of net sales increased to 57.1% in 1994
from  52.3% in  1993. Sales and  marketing expenses increased  $831,000 in 1994,
primarily as a result of salaries  and commissions associated with higher  sales
levels  and  the  establishment  of  the  Company's  direct  sales  force.  As a
percentage of net sales, sales and marketing expenses increased to 27.4% in 1994
from 26.8% in 1993. General  and administrative expenses increased $1.1  million
in  1994, as the Company moved into a new facility and invested in personnel and
the infrastructure necessary  to support its  growth. As a  result, general  and
administrative  expenses, as  a percentage of  net sales, increased  to 23.1% in
1994 from 17.6% in 1993.
 
     Income from operations.  The Company's income from operations decreased  to
$485,000  for the year ended November 30,  1994 from $685,000 for the year ended
November 30,  1993.  As  a  percentage of  net  sales,  income  from  operations
decreased to 4.4% in 1994 from 8.3% in 1993. This decrease was the result of the
Company's  increase in  operating expenses,  partially offset  by the  net sales
growth and gross margin improvement.
 
                                       24
<PAGE>   27
 
     Interest expense, net.  Net interest expense increased to $176,000 for the
year ended November 30, 1994 from $55,000 for the year ended November 30, 1993.
This increase resulted primarily from increased borrowings to support
operations.
 
     Income tax provision.  The Company's income tax provision decreased to
$10,000 for the year ended November 30, 1994 from $40,000 for the year ended
November 30, 1993. Differences from the federal statutory income tax rate of 34%
primarily resulted from the inclusion of Antone's earnings in income (loss)
before income taxes. The Company was not subject to income tax on Antone's
earnings because Antone was an S corporation.
 
     Net income.  Net income decreased to $299,000 for the year ended November
30, 1994 from $592,000 for the year ended November 30, 1993. This decrease
resulted from the decreased income from operations and increased interest
expense.
 
LIQUIDITY AND CAPITAL RESOURCES
 
   
     Historically, the Company has relied primarily on cash from operations and
borrowings to finance its operations. As described below, since March 1995,
Trillium has guaranteed certain of the Company's loans and from time to time has
made certain other loans to the Company. In addition, prior to the
Recapitalization, Antone, which was merged into the Company, made S corporation
distributions to the Founder from Antone's earnings. Cash provided by (used in)
the Company's operating activities, primarily to fund the growth in accounts
receivable and inventories, totaled $300,000 and ($400,000) for the years ended
November 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively, ($3.1) million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and ($2.7) million for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
Cash provided by (used in) the Company's investing activities, primarily to fund
capital expenditures, and, in the six months ended June 30, 1996, to fund the
Hobie Acquisition, totaled ($200,000) and ($700,000) for the years ended
November 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively, ($1.3) million for the year ended
December 31, 1995 and ($4.4) million for the six months ended June 30, 1996.
Cash provided by (used in) the Company's financing activities, primarily
proceeds from bank debt and, in the year ended December 31, 1995, proceeds from
the stock issuance in the Recapitalization, totaled ($400,000) and $1.0 million
for the years ended November 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively, $4.3 million for
the year ended December 31, 1995 and $7.1 million for the six months ended June
30, 1996. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had a working capital deficit of $5.0
million, including $13.9 million of indebtedness to be repaid with a portion of
the net proceeds from the Offering.
    
 
   
     Gargoyles has a revolving line of credit with a bank (the "Credit
Facility") that matures on March 22, 1997. Effective June 25, 1996, the Company
could borrow under the Credit Facility up to the lesser of (i) an amount that,
together with outstanding interest, does not exceed the total of 80% of eligible
accounts receivable and 50% of eligible inventories and (ii) $11.0 million.
Borrowings under the Credit Facility bear interest at the bank's prime rate plus
1.0% per annum (9.25% at June 30, 1996), payable monthly. Amounts borrowed under
the Credit Facility are secured by all tangible and intangible personal property
of the Company. Proceeds from borrowings under the Credit Facility were used by
the Company to support operations. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had
borrowings of $7.5 million under the Credit Facility. The Credit Facility
requires, among other things, that the Company maintain a minimum tangible net
worth and working capital and meet certain ratios relating to debt coverage. As
of June 30, 1996, the Company was in compliance with the covenants. The Company
will repay the balance outstanding under the Credit Facility with a portion of
the net proceeds from the Offering. At that time, the Credit Facility will be
replaced with a $10 million unsecured revolving line of credit with a more
favorable interest rate.
    
 
   
     In connection with the Recapitalization, the Company borrowed $6.0 million
in an acquisition loan (the "Recapitalization Loan") from a bank. These funds
were used, along with the proceeds from the sale of Common Stock to the
Investors, to repurchase stock from the Founder. The Recapitalization Loan bears
interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1.50% per annum (9.75% at June 30, 1996),
payable monthly. Principal payments are payable quarterly in the amount of
$230,769 through March 2002. The Recapitalization Loan is guaranteed by
Trillium. As of June 30, 1996, the Company had borrowings of $5.5 million under
the Recapitalization Loan. Additionally, a note payable of $283,100 was issued
to the Founder, bearing interest at
    
 
                                       25
<PAGE>   28
 
10% per annum. Gargoyles paid interest only on a monthly basis through September
1995. Beginning in October 1995, the note became payable in monthly installments
of principal and interest of $10,704 through March 1998.
 
   
     In connection with the Hobie Acquisition, the Company borrowed $4.0 million
in an acquisition loan (the "Hobie  Acquisition Loan") from a bank. These  funds
were  primarily used to purchase all the outstanding stock of Hobie. On June 26,
1996,  the  Company  borrowed  an  additional  $1.0  million  under  the   Hobie
Acquisition  Loan, the proceeds of which  were used for general working capital.
The Hobie Acquisition Loan bears interest at the bank's prime rate plus 3.0% per
annum (11.25% at June 30, 1996),  payable monthly. A $700,000 principal  payment
is due September 30, 1996 and the $4.3 million balance is due December 31, 1996.
In  addition, loan fees of (i) 1.0% of the then-outstanding principal balance is
due on September 30,  1996 and (ii)  $212,000 is due on  December 31, 1996.  The
Hobie  Acquisition Loan  is guaranteed  by Trillium.  As of  June 30,  1996, the
Company had borrowings of $5.0 million under the Hobie Acquisition Loan. If  the
Company  does not  repay the  Hobie Acquisition Loan  on or  before December 31,
1996, it must pay an additional loan fee  of $5.0 million or issue a warrant  to
purchase  that  number  of  shares  of the  Company's  Common  Stock  that would
constitute 25% of the Common Stock on a fully diluted basis at a purchase  price
of  $.01 per share (subject to certain antidilution adjustments). If issued, the
warrant would be exercisable by the bank  at any time after March 31, 1997  and,
until  June 30, 1997, the Company would have the right to redeem the warrant for
an aggregate redemption price of $5.0 million. If the bank were to exercise  the
warrant,  the  bank would  have the  right, subject  to certain  limitations, to
require the Company to register its shares of Common Stock.
    

   
     The Company has also borrowed a total of $1.2 million from a bank,  bearing
interest at the bank's prime rate plus 1.25% per annum (9.50% at June 30, 1996),
with  interest payable monthly and principal payable quarterly through 2000 (the
"Equipment Loan").  The Equipment  Loan  was used  to  finance the  purchase  of
equipment and is secured by such equipment. As of June 30, 1996, a total of $1.2
million was outstanding under the Equipment Loan.
    
 
     The  Company  intends to  repay the  Credit Facility,  the Recapitalization
Loan, the Hobie  Acquisition Loan, the  Kindling Loan, the  Equipment Loan,  the
Settlement Note (see "Certain Transactions -- Recapitalization Transaction") and
certain  other indebtedness with a portion of  the net proceeds of the Offering.
See "Use  of  Proceeds" and  Note  5  to the  Company's  Consolidated  Financial
Statements.
 
     Antone  historically made distributions to the  Founder to pay income taxes
on Antone's earnings included in the Founder's taxable income and as a return on
his investment. Antone paid distributions  to the Founder of $587,000,  $625,000
and  $261,000 for the  years ended November  30, 1993 and  1994 and December 31,
1995, respectively.
 
     Capital expenditures totaled $1.3 million  for the year ended December  31,
1995. The Company anticipates that capital expenditures will total approximately
$1.0  million for the year ending December 31, 1996. Capital expenditures during
1995 and  1996  are  primarily  for optical  molds  and  production  and  office
equipment.
 
     The  Company believes that  cash flow from operations,  the net proceeds of
the Offering and available borrowings will  be sufficient to meet its  operating
needs and capital expenditures for the foreseeable future.
 
SEASONALITY
 
     The  following table  sets forth certain  unaudited quarterly  data for the
periods shown:
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                           1994 QUARTER ENDED                      1995 QUARTER ENDED             1996 QUARTER ENDED
                  ------------------------------------   --------------------------------------   -------------------
                  FEB. 28   MAY 31   AUG. 31   NOV. 30   MAR. 31   JUNE 30   SEPT. 30   DEC. 31   MAR. 31     JUNE 30
                  -------   ------   -------   -------   -------   -------   --------   -------   -------     -------
                                                             (IN MILLIONS)
<S>               <C>       <C>      <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>       <C>        <C>       <C>         <C>
Net sales.......   $ 1.5     $3.3     $ 3.2     $ 3.1     $ 3.3     $ 5.8      $5.2      $ 2.8     $ 7.0       $10.6
Gross profit....     0.9      2.0       2.0       1.9       2.0       3.6       3.3        1.7       4.1         6.1
    

</TABLE>

 
                                       26
<PAGE>   29
 
     The Company's net sales generally have been higher in the period from March
to September,  the period  during which  sunglass purchases  are highest.  As  a
result,  operating income is typically lower in the first and fourth quarters as
fixed operating costs  are spread over  lower sales volume.  In anticipation  of
seasonal  increases in demand,  the Company typically  builds inventories in the
fourth quarter,  when net  sales  have historically  been lower.  The  Company's
quarterly  results of operations have fluctuated in the past and may continue to
fluctuate as a  result of a  number of factors,  including seasonal cycles,  the
timing  of  new product  introductions, the  timing of  orders by  the Company's
customers, the mix  of product sales  and the effects  of weather conditions  on
consumer   purchases.  See  "Risk  Factors  --  Economic  Conditions;  Quarterly
Fluctuations; Seasonality."
 
BACKLOG AND BACKORDERS
 
   
     Since mid-1994,  the  Company has  experienced  a significant  increase  in
backlog  (which  represents all  unshipped orders,  regardless of  the scheduled
shipping date) and  occasional increases in  backorders (which represent  orders
for  merchandise remaining unshipped beyond its  scheduled shipping date). As of
June  30,  1996,   the  Company's  backlog   was  approximately  $1.8   million,
approximately $1.0 million of which represented backorders.
    
 
     The  occasional increases in  backorders have been due  to increases in the
market demand for Gargoyles products, which have temporarily exceeded either the
capacity of the  Company's lens and  frame suppliers or  the Company's  internal
production  capacity. Prior  to the Recapitalization,  the Company  did not have
sufficient capital to  maintain an  adequate supply of  certain key  components,
which  resulted  in  an  increase  in backorders  in  the  months  preceding and
immediately following the Recapitalization.  The Recapitalization increased  the
Company's  access  to  capital, thereby  allowing  it to  reduce  backorders and
further develop adequate inventory levels.  The Company has been taking  actions
since  the Recapitalization  to reduce  the potential  of future  backorders. In
particular, Gargoyles has  worked with its  suppliers to increase  the level  of
production  of Gargoyles products, has added new suppliers and has increased its
own production  capacity through  the addition  of personnel  and equipment.  In
addition,  in late 1995 the Company refocused  its product offerings on the most
popular frame and lens  color combinations, allowing the  Company to narrow  the
stock-keeping   units  offered,  thereby  reducing   the  potential  for  future
backorders. See "-- Liquidity and  Capital Resources," "Risk Factors --  Ability
to  Sustain and Manage Growth" and "-- Reliance on Limited Sources of Supplies,"
"Business -- Manufacturing" and "Use of Proceeds."
 
                                       27
<PAGE>   30
 
                                    BUSINESS
 
INTRODUCTION
 
   
     Gargoyles designs, manufactures and markets a broad line of performance and
lifestyle-oriented sunglasses.  The  Company  competes in  the  rapidly  growing
premium  sunglass market  by offering  a diverse  line of  products at suggested
retail prices of $80 to $190.  The Company seeks to distinguish Gargoyles  brand
products  in the marketplace  by combining innovative  styling with its patented
dual lens  toric  curve technology,  which  the  Company believes  is  the  most
advanced  lens  design  currently  available  in  wrap  sunglasses.  The Company
believes these features appeal not only  to active sports enthusiasts who  favor
the  performance and comfort features of its products, but also to consumers who
appreciate Gargoyles' distinctive styling  and innovative designs. In  addition,
the  Company  recently  acquired the  Hobie  sunglass  line, a  leading  line of
polarized sunglasses, which is one of the fastest emerging categories within the
premium sunglass market. The  Company also offers a  popular line of  protective
eyewear focused primarily on the medical and dental market segments. The Company
believes  that  the diversity  of its  product  lines, combined  with increasing
awareness among consumers  of the Gargoyles  and Hobie brands  and their  unique
attributes,  has positioned it  to capitalize on the  strong growth potential in
the domestic and international premium sunglass markets. The Company's net sales
have increased at a compounded annual growth rate of 40% from 1992 through 1995.
For the first six months  of 1996, the Company achieved  growth in net sales  of
93% compared to the same period in the prior year.
    
 
     The  Company was founded in 1979 to  develop a sunglass style that not only
would cover and protect the eyes  more effectively than traditional "flat"  lens
designs,  but also would minimize distortion. In 1983, the Company completed the
development of  its  patented dual  lens  toric curve  technology.  The  complex
geometry  of the  proprietary toric  curve lens  minimizes distortion associated
with other wrap lens designs by  allowing the transmission of light directly  to
the  eye with little refraction. The dual lens design provides each eye with its
own optical center of  focus, resulting in greater  overall optical clarity  and
less  peripheral distortion.  The Company  believes this  proprietary technology
offers the most advanced and optically correct sunglass lens design available in
wrap sunglasses and provides a significant differential competitive advantage.
 
     In 1983, the Company introduced its first product based on this proprietary
technology, the  Gargoyles Classic.  Until 1992,  the Company  was a  successful
single-product  company with relatively  few resources devoted  to expanding its
product line, and was dependent on independent manufacturers' representatives to
sell its products. In  May 1992, the Company  began installing a new  management
team  which has  developed and implemented  new operating  and growth strategies
designed to  exploit  the patented  dual  lens  toric curve  technology  and  to
capitalize  on  the  growth trends  within  the premium  sunglass  market. These
strategies included an  aggressive, innovative new  product development  program
resulting in the introduction of numerous models, including 85s in 1993, Legends
in  1994, Helios and Legends II in 1995, and Paladin, Octane and Vortex in 1996.
In addition, the Company began investing in  its own direct sales force in  1994
to expand distribution and gain more control over the sales process. The Company
also  initiated a strategy to enhance the  Gargoyles brand image and promote the
performance characteristics of its  products by aggressively pursuing  strategic
endorsements  from professional  athletes such  as Dale  Earnhardt, Ken Griffey,
Jr., Alexi Lalas and Scottie Pippen. The Company believes that these  strategies
have  contributed to its rapid sales growth  and have created a platform for the
continued success of the Gargoyles brand.
 
     The Company has also leveraged its infrastructure and direct sales force by
adding new  brands  through acquisitions  and  licensing arrangements  that  can
increase   sales  without  commensurate  increases  in  operating  expenses.  In
particular, the Company  acquired Hobie's  sunglass business  in February  1996,
which  broadened the Company's technology  base to include polarized sunglasses.
Further, in May 1996, the Company,  together with the former president of  Revo,
entered   into  a  worldwide  license   agreement  with  Timberland  to  design,
manufacture and market sunglasses under  the Timberland brand name. The  Company
believes  the  worldwide appeal  of the  Timberland brand  name will  assist the
Company in further penetrating the outdoor-lifestyle market segment.  Management
believes  that  the  addition of  these  brands  to the  Company's  portfolio of
products will provide incremental  synergies in sales, marketing,  distribution,
manufacturing and general and administrative expenses.
 
                                       28
<PAGE>   31
 
INDUSTRY OVERVIEW
 
     According to industry sources, total retail sunglass sales in the domestic
sunglass market grew approximately 64% from $1.4 billion in 1989 to $2.3 billion
in 1995. The industry is generally divided into two principal segments: the
under $30 market and the over $30 premium market. The premium sunglass market,
the category in which the Company competes, showed an increase in total retail
sales of approximately 82% from $824 million in 1989 to $1.5 billion in 1995.
The average retail price per unit for premium sunglasses has increased during
this period, contributing significantly to the overall growth of the segment.
 
     The Company believes that the key factors driving the historical growth in
the premium sunglass market include increased consumer awareness of the need for
quality eye protection in response to heightened health concerns, increased
demand for technologically advanced, yet stylish products, increased demand for
specialized sunglasses for different sports and activities, growing brand
awareness among eyewear consumers and continuous product replacement.
 
     The Company believes that an additional factor affecting the growth of the
premium sunglass market is the growth of sunglass specialty retailers, primarily
Sunglass Hut, the industry's largest sunglass specialty retailer. Sunglass Hut
has grown rapidly through internal expansion and acquisitions, increasing from
156 stores at February 1, 1988 to 1,726 locations at February 3, 1996. In
addition to growing its store base, Sunglass Hut's comparable store net sales
increased 10.3% and 13.5% for its 1995 and 1994 fiscal years, respectively. The
Company also believes that the percentage of sales through the sunglass
specialty channel, its primary channel, is increasing relative to other
channels. Based on information provided by Sunglass Hut, the Company believes
that sales of sunglasses through sunglass specialty retailers increased from
approximately 31% of total domestic sunglasses sales in 1994 to approximately
37% in 1995.
 
     The Company believes that Oakley and Bausch & Lomb comprised approximately
50% of the domestic premium sunglass market in 1995, with several companies,
including Gargoyles, having smaller but significant market shares. The remainder
of the industry is highly fragmented and comprised of numerous smaller
companies. The Company expects that as the sunglass industry continues to grow,
a certain amount of consolidation will occur. The Company believes such
consolidation will enable certain companies to achieve sufficient scale to
invest increased amounts in research and development, develop direct sales
forces, market products effectively in an increasingly competitive environment
and maintain adequate inventory levels to deliver products on a reliable basis
to rapidly growing specialty retailers. Consolidation of smaller manufacturers
by larger, well-capitalized vendors is consistent with the desire of large
retail customers, notably Sunglass Hut, to do business with vendors who provide
dependable, timely delivery and adequate supply of products.
 
BUSINESS STRATEGIES
 
     The Company's goal is to be the premier designer, manufacturer and marketer
of performance and lifestyle-oriented premium sunglasses and protective eyewear.
To achieve this goal, the Company has developed and is implementing business
strategies to capitalize on growth opportunities within the premium sunglass
market. Key elements of the Company's business strategies are as follows:
 
     Offer technologically superior products.  The Company's products are
designed to capitalize on several unique technological features that
differentiate Gargoyles' products from those of its competitors. The
sophisticated geometry of the Company's patented lens design directs light rays
to converge properly on the retina. The Company's dual lens toric curve
technology provides each eye with its own optical center of focus, resulting in
greater overall optical clarity and less peripheral distortion. The Company's
primary lens material is polycarbonate, which is significantly stronger than
safety glass, yet lightweight and able to provide protection from damaging
ultraviolet light. The Company also offers Hobie polarized sunglasses, which are
designed to block glare more effectively than regular sunglasses. Additionally,
the Company's patented interchangeable lens system used in its Legends products
allows the consumer to adopt multiple styles and functions through the use of
different lenses in the same frame.
 
     Design innovative products.  The Company continuously strives to
differentiate its products from those of competitors through new product
introductions. The Company positions its products to appeal to both
 
                                       29
<PAGE>   32
 
active sports enthusiasts who favor the performance features of its products and
consumers who appreciate Gargoyles' distinctive styling and innovative designs.
The Company has recently added the Vortex and Octane models for the sports
market segment, which the Company believes is currently one of the fastest
growing segments in the premium sunglass market. In addition, the recent
introduction of the Paladin model has augmented the Company's strength in the
broader style-conscious market.
 
     Increase brand name recognition.  The Company seeks to heighten awareness
of its brands as high-quality, technology-based performance sunglasses. The
Company's unique styles and designs, featuring its dual lens toric curve
technology, differentiate its products from rival brands. To further strengthen
its brand image, the Company maintains strict control over the distribution of
its products and has implemented a marketing strategy focused on enhancing the
retail presentation of its products. This strategy includes training retail
salespersons to fully understand the benefits and features of the Company's
products and in-store education highlighting the style and technical features of
its products. In addition, the Company creates broad exposure for its products
through the endorsements by well-known professional athletes such as Dale
Earnhardt, Ken Griffey Jr., Alexi Lalas and Scottie Pippen and through the use
of its protective eyewear products by, and tie-in promotions with, the actors on
the popular television series ER.
 
     Expand distribution network.  In 1994, the Company began investing in a
direct sales force to expand distribution and gain more control over the sales
process. The Company has recently augmented its distribution capabilities with
the addition of a number of optical distributors and sporting goods
manufacturers' representatives to supplement the Company's efforts to access the
underpenetrated sporting goods and optical stores markets. The Company believes
that the strategic expansion of its distribution network permits its direct
sales force to focus on the Company's existing customer base and add new
accounts. The Company anticipates that the addition of the Hobie and Timberland
product lines will allow for broadened distribution to new and existing
customers who desire these new products.
 
     Implement vertical integration strategy.  The Company currently depends on
multiple vendors in geographically diverse areas to perform its molding,
hard-coating and mirroring processes for its lenses. The Company anticipates
centralizing many of these processes by implementing a vertical integration
strategy. The Company's goals in implementing this strategy include more
efficient manufacturing, improvement in gross margins, manufacturing products in
accordance with its strict quality-control standards and increasing control over
the timing and delivery of its products. Processes for which vertical
integration is not effective will continue to be contracted out to vendors.
 
GROWTH STRATEGIES
 
     Management believes that its strategies have positioned the Company to
achieve continued growth in revenues and earnings. Key elements of the Company's
growth strategies include the following:
 
     Capitalize on growth in premium sunglass market.  The Company will continue
to focus on increasing its penetration within the premium sunglass segment,
which has grown approximately 82% from 1989 to 1995. Management believes that
this segment will continue to experience rapid growth. The Company also expects
to benefit from increasing penetration of the premium sunglass market by the
Company's existing customers, including its largest customer, Sunglass Hut. The
Company believes that as large sunglass specialty retailers continue to grow,
they will increasingly require well-capitalized vendors which are able to
provide adequate product supply on a reliable basis.
 
     Develop and introduce new products.  The Company is committed to
capitalizing on its existing market position and proprietary technology by
developing new products and product line extensions that incorporate superior
performance and unique styling. To support its new product initiatives, the
Company maintains an active research and development effort, which has resulted
in the introduction of eight product lines since 1993. In 1996, new product
introductions included the Paladin titanium frame for the style-conscious market
and the Octane and Vortex plastic frames for the sports market. In 1997, the
Company anticipates introducing a number of new models of polarized sunglasses
under the Hobie brand name to capitalize on the growing awareness among
consumers of the performance features of polarized lenses. Further, in 1997 the
Company anticipates introducing its lifestyle-oriented Timberland brand product
line.
 
                                       30
<PAGE>   33
 
     Expand  customer base.   The Company  is focused on  expanding its customer
base both domestically and  internationally. The strategies  of adding a  direct
sales  force dedicated to  selling the Company's  products and adding additional
manufacturers' representatives  and distributors  have resulted  in  significant
growth  in the number of accounts, including sunglass specialty, sporting goods,
department and optical  stores. Since the  addition of a  direct sales force  in
1994,  the  Company has  added  over 1,000  new  accounts. The  Company  now has
approximately  3,100  accounts  representing  over  7,000  retail  locations  or
outlets.  The Company believes there is  still significant opportunity to expand
its customer base both in the United States and internationally.
 
     Focus on international expansion.  The Company believes that  international
expansion  represents  a  significant  growth  opportunity.  International sales
accounted  for  approximately  6%  of  the  Company's  net  sales  in  1995,   a
significantly  lower penetration than that of the Company's primary competitors.
The Company's international growth plans  are based on developing  international
distribution  networks and investing in  overseas operations, where appropriate.
In addition, the Company believes the  worldwide appeal of the Timberland  brand
name  will facilitate  introduction of  the Company's  products internationally.
Management also expects the international expansion of Sunglass Hut will  assist
in increasing the Company's international presence.
 
     Selectively  pursue acquisition  and licensing opportunities.   The Company
seeks to acquire businesses or  to create licensing arrangements with  companies
having high-quality products, strong brand names and growth potential. The focus
of  the Company's acquisition licensing efforts  is to (i) augment the Company's
product lines,  (ii)  enhance  the Company's  distribution  capabilities,  (iii)
leverage the Company's operating infrastructure, and (iv) access new technology.
In  particular,  the  Company's acquisition  and  integration of  Hobie  and its
license agreement with Timberland provide new brand names and a broader customer
base, and create distribution and operating synergies.
 
DUAL LENS TORIC CURVE TECHNOLOGY
 
   
     The key technological feature of the Company's eyewear is its patented dual
lens toric curve design. This proprietary design offers a foundation for product
innovation that  can  overcome  the optical  deficiencies  in  competitive  wrap
sunglasses  and  provides  superior  optics  and  less  distortion  compared  to
competitive wrap  designs. The  Company's toric  curve lens  design is  achieved
through  the use of complex lens geometry that incorporates different horizontal
and vertical curvatures, as well  as variable material thickness throughout  the
lens  surface. The lens geometry directs light  rays to converge properly on the
retina, minimizing distortion as well as eye fatigue and eye stress. Competitive
spherical or  unitary wrap  lens designs,  which do  not use  the  sophisticated
geometry  of  the Company's  dual  toric curve  lens,  may cause  light  rays to
converge improperly  on the  retina,  causing distortion,  eye fatigue  and  eye
stress.
    
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                 LIGHT CONVERGENCE                        LIGHT CONVERGENCE
                   OF GARGOYLES'                          OF STANDARD WRAP
                 TORIC CURVE LENS                           SUNGLASS LENS
        -----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
        <S>                                      <C>
        [Diagram of light convergence on         [Diagram of light convergence on
        human eye through Gargoyles lens]        human eye through competitive lens]
</TABLE>
 
     In  addition,  the Company's  dual  lens design  provides  separate optical
centers of focus for each eye, resulting in greater overall optical clarity  and
less  peripheral distortion. Competitive unitary wrap sunglasses have an optical
center near the physical center of the lens, which is located between the  eyes,
which may result in greater eye fatigue as the eye muscles attempt to adjust the
shape of the eye to focus properly.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
               LIGHT TRANSMISSION OF                     LIGHT TRANSMISSION
               GARGOYLES' DUAL LENS                        OF COMPETITIVE
                TORIC CURVE DESIGN                       UNITARY LENS DESIGN
        -----------------------------------      -----------------------------------
        <S>                                      <C>
        [Diagram depicting light                 [Diagram depicting light
          transmission through dual toric        transmission through competitive
        curve lens]                              lens]
                Dual optical center                     Single optical center
</TABLE>
 
                                       31
<PAGE>   34
 
     The Company believes that its dual lens toric curve technology provides the
most advanced and optically correct lens design available in wrap sunglasses.
 
PRODUCTS
 
     The Company markets its sunglass models under the Gargoyles and Hobie
brands, and is developing products to market under the Timberland brand
beginning in 1997 pursuant to the license agreement with Timberland. The Company
offers an extensive selection of high-quality sunglasses in the middle to upper
price points of the premium market ($80 to $190 retail), thereby allowing the
Company to market to a broad customer base.
 
GARGOYLES BRAND SUNGLASSES
 
     The Company currently offers nine product lines under the Gargoyles brand
name, all of which are available in a variety of colors and with mirrored and
nonmirrored lenses. Each Gargoyles product line, except for the Legends lines,
utilizes the Company's patented dual lens toric curve technology.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                       SUGGESTED
                                                                                         RETAIL
    PRODUCT LINE        INTRODUCTION                    DESCRIPTION                   PRICE POINTS
- ---------------------  ---------------  --------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                    <C>              <C>                                           <C>
Classic                December 1983    Original dual lens toric curve design.            $80-$175
85s                    May 1993         Same design as the Classic design but 15%         $80-$175
                                        smaller.
Legends                March 1994       Utilizes a patented interchangeable lens         $125-$165
                                        system with 14 lens options.
Helios Full Frame      March 1995       Contemporary performance sunglass combining      $120-$140
                                        the optically correct oval toric curve lens
                                        with a sleek wrapback design.
Helios Anti-Frame      March 1995       Sleek, lightweight frameless design               $90-$100
                                        utilizing dual lens toric curve wrap.
Legends II             August 1995      Smaller, sleeker version of the Legends with     $125-$145
                                        six lens options.
Paladin                March 1996       Lightweight, fashion/performance design          $170-$190
                                        featuring titanium frames.
Vortex                 April 1996       Lightweight, aerodynamic nylon frame               $80-$95
                                        designed for "extreme" sport use.
Octane                 May 1996         Lightweight, aerodynamic nylon composite           $85-$95
                                        frame designed for "mainstream" sport use.
</TABLE>
 
[additional column containing diagrams of sunglasses]
 
     Classic.  Introduced in December 1983, the Classic was the Company's first
sunglass. The uniqueness of the Classic style is based on several features,
including its polycarbonate dual lens toric curve and its wrap design, which
provide superior eye protection and optical clarity. The Classic was popularized
through its use by Arnold Schwarzenegger in The Terminator and Clint Eastwood in
Sudden Impact.
 
     85s.  Introduced in May 1993, the 85s were designed to respond to increased
consumer demand for a smaller version of the Classic. The 85s style is 15%
smaller and is designed to fit a slimmer face.
 
     Legends.  Introduced in March 1994, the Legends line combines a classic
shape with the sports performance wrap sunglass of the 1990s. The Legends'
patented interchangeable lens system allows the wearer to adjust to changing
light and to adopt multiple styles and functions through the use of 14 different
lens combinations.
 
     Helios Full Frame.  Introduced in March 1995, the Helios Full Frame is
designed to meet the increasing market demand for high-quality, style-conscious
performance eyewear. This model, along with the Helios Anti-Frame line, is the
industry's first oval wrap sunglass designed with a dual lens toric curve. The
Helios Full Frame products also feature spring hinges and adjustable nose pads,
which produce a superior level of fit and comfort.
 
                                       32
<PAGE>   35
 
     Helios Anti-Frame. Introduced in March 1995, the Helios Anti-Frame is a
contemporary performance sunglass featuring a sleek, lightweight frameless
design utilizing the dual lens toric curve.
 
     Legends II. Introduced in August 1995, the Legends II line offers the same
interchangeable lens system and classic design of the Legends line in a smaller,
sleeker style. The Legends II line includes six combinations of interchangeable
lenses.
 
     Paladin. Introduced in March 1996, the Paladin is a high-end,
style-conscious sunglass with a sports influence that features a titanium frame,
providing durability in a lightweight frame weighing only four-tenths of an
ounce. The Paladin line incorporates the dual lens toric curve and an
antireflective lens coating to reduce glare.
 
     Vortex. Introduced in April 1996, the Vortex line features a lightweight,
aerodynamic design targeted for "extreme" sport use by the youth market. The
Vortex incorporates the polycarbonate dual lens toric curve with lightweight
nylon frames.
 
     Octane. Introduced in May 1996 as a mainstream sports sunglass, the Octane
line features the dual lens toric curve and lightweight nylon composite frames.
 
     As a part of the Company's endorsement strategy, the Company uses the names
of athletes to broaden brand name recognition by creating "signature" series of
products. These products currently include The Griffey Wrap and Dale Earnhardt's
signature models. In addition, a number of the Company's models are available
with customized nosebridge decals and/or temples that can tailor a product for
specific corporate promotions.
 
  HOBIE BRAND SUNGLASSES
 
     In February 1996, the Company acquired Hobie, a leading manufacturer and
distributor of polarized sunglasses. Polarized lenses are designed to block
glare more effectively than regular lenses, thereby providing a technological
differentiation from other sunglasses. The Hobie Acquisition provides the
Company with access to the growing market for polarized sunglasses. The Company
believes this market growth is based on greater consumer recognition of the
benefits of polarized sunglasses, the relative ease of demonstrating the
technological differentiation of the lens and the increasing market acceptance
of the higher-priced polarized sunglasses. The Company also believes that its
strategy to aggressively market prescription polarized products will capitalize
on the demographics of aging consumers with active outdoor lifestyles.
 
     The Hobie sunglass collection is divided into three product lines, Sport,
Lites and Elites, each designed to appeal to a different user group.
Substantially all Hobie sunglasses are available with prescription lenses.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                  SUGGESTED
PRODUCT                                                                                             RETAIL
 LINE                                           DESCRIPTION                                      PRICE POINTS
- -------        ------------------------------------------------------------------------------    ------------
<S>            <C>                                                                               <C>
Sport          Classic polarized glass lens sunglass line for sport use, including fishing.         $100-$150
Lites          Contemporary polarized sunglass line for active sports.                               $80-$130
Elites         Polarized glass lens sunglass line with lifestyle-orientation.                       $150-$185
</TABLE>
 
     Sport. The Sport line consists of 12 models with nylon frames and polarized
glass lenses designed for sport use. The Sport line also includes a line of
products designed specifically for fishing. Selected styles in the fishing
series are available with plastic lenses.
 
     Lites. The Lites line consists of 11 models designed for active sport use.
The Lites products feature plastic polarized lenses. These sunglasses utilize
lightweight, sturdy nylon, metal or carbon frames.
 
     Elite. The Elite line consists of eight models designed as a durable,
lifestyle-oriented sunglass featuring high-quality nylon or metal frames and
polarized glass lenses.
 
PROTECTIVE EYEWEAR
 
     The Company established its Protective Eyewear division in 1994 to
capitalize on the growing demand for the Company's Arctic Clear product line, a
clear lens version of the Classic and 85s models. The Company's
 
                                       33
<PAGE>   36
 
initial  efforts have focused  on the medical and  dental market segments, where
the features  and benefits  of  Arctic Clear  eyewear provide  superior  optical
quality  and comfort to  the healthcare professional.  The Company believes that
protective eyewear is growing in importance as a market segment due primarily to
increasing health  concerns  in  the  medical  and  dental  markets.  Management
believes  that the Company's Arctic Clear products appeal to users who regularly
wear protective eyewear for extended  periods, therefore demanding glasses  that
are more fashionable and comfortable.
 
     The  Company currently distributes its  protective eyewear line through its
existing  retail  channels  and   through  a  number   of  medical  and   dental
distributors.  The Company  promotes retail sales  of its  Arctic Clear products
through product use by, and tie-in promotions with, the actors on the television
series  ER.  The  Company  expects  to  benefit  from  the  introduction  of   a
prescription  insert for its Classic and 85s  models that will expand the market
potential for the Company's Arctic Clear protective eyewear.
 
TIMBERLAND
    
     In May  1996, the  Company, together  with the  former president  of  Revo,
formed  Kindling, a majority-owned subsidiary, to design, manufacture and market
sunglasses  and,  with  Timberland's   consent,  ophthalmic  frames  under   the
Timberland  brand  name.  The  Company,  together  with  Kindling,  acquired  an
exclusive license from Timberland to use the Timberland and tree logo trademarks
on sunglasses, eyewear  accessories and, with  Timberland's consent,  ophthalmic
frames.  The Company and  Mr. Lauer are currently  formulating the strategy with
respect to the Timberland  product line; the Company  anticipates that sales  of
Timberland  branded products will begin in 1997. See "Risk Factors -- Ability to
Successfully Integrate Acquisitions and Licensed Products."
    
 
ACCESSORIES
 
     The Company's accessory line includes a variety of products, including hard
cases, replacement lenses and  eyeglass retainers. This  line is distributed  in
conjunction with the Company's sunglass product lines.
 
PRODUCT DESIGN AND DEVELOPMENT
 
     The  Company strives to be  an innovator in the  development of new product
styles that  incorporate  the  Company's patented  technologies.  The  Company's
products  are designed by internal research and development personnel with input
from the  Company's sales  and  marketing departments  and from  consumer  focus
groups.  The  development  process  commences  with  the  conceptual  design  of
potential products, including design sketches,  drawings and models. The  design
team  then uses state-of-the-art CAD/CAM  equipment to develop three-dimensional
prototypes of  new designs.  In  formulating its  design concepts,  the  Company
strives  to develop unique  styles based on  its patented dual  lens toric curve
technology and focuses  its efforts  on producing  performance eyewear  products
that  are among the most functional, fashionable and durable in the industry. As
a part of this strategy, the Company has successfully developed new products  by
cutting different lens shapes and sizes from the Classic lens. These initiatives
have  shortened the time  associated with the  concept, prototype and production
stages of the product development cycle.
 
     The Company is now focused on the introduction of one to three new  product
models  per year. The Company expands its  model lines by adding certain product
extensions, such  as new  lens and  frame colors,  new mirrors,  interchangeable
lenses  and  soft nose  pieces.  The Company's  strategy  is to  delay  its line
extension until it is confident of  consumer acceptance of the new model,  which
has  enabled  the  Company to  avoid  excess  inventory and  to  manufacture and
assemble its products more effectively.
 
MANUFACTURING
 
     The Company currently  sources its  lenses, optical  frames and  components
from a diverse group of suppliers in the United States, Japan and Europe. Lenses
for  Gargoyles products  are molded,  hard-coated and  mirrored by  a network of
suppliers in the  United States and  Japan. Frames for  Gargoyles' products  are
currently  produced by  a network  of suppliers in  Italy and  Japan. Lenses and
frames for the Company's Hobie product line are sourced from Asia and Europe and
are assembled in the United States. Related components
 
                                       34
<PAGE>   37
 
are generally  purchased from  vendors in  the United  States. The  Company  has
established  strong relationships with its  major suppliers. The Company intends
to  vertically  integrate  certain  aspects  of  its  manufacturing   processes.
Management believes that such vertical integration will result in more efficient
manufacturing and improved gross margins, and will provide the Company with more
control  over  the  timing and  delivery  of  its products.  Processes  that are
unlikely to add these benefits  through vertical manufacturing will continue  to
be  contracted out to vendors. See "-- Business Strategies -- Implement Vertical
Integration Strategy"  and  "Risk Factors  --  Reliance on  Limited  Sources  of
Supplies" and "-- Risks Associated With Vertical Integration Strategy."
 
     Gargoyles  assembles the majority of its products at the Company's facility
located in Kent, Washington. Performing assembly functions in-house enables  the
Company   to  control  the  production  process   and  to  maintain  its  strict
quality-control standards to  reduce spoilage and  improve product  performance.
The  Company owns and maintains most of  its assembly equipment. With respect to
products assembled by the Company's suppliers, the products are delivered to the
Company for quality control, packaging and shipping.
 
     The Company strives to maintain dual or multiple sources of supply for  all
components  and services  for its sunglass  product lines. The  Company has also
established contingency plans and identified  alternative sources of supply  for
many of its components. However, the Company relies on a single source of supply
for several of its components, including its frames. The major raw material used
to  produce the majority of the Company's lenses, custom lexan polycarbonate, is
in limited supply in world markets and  is purchased on the Company's behalf  by
its lens molders. See "Risk Factors -- Reliance on Limited Sources of Supplies."
 
     The  optical molds used  to develop the  Company's toric curve-based lenses
are difficult  to manufacture.  Due to  the precise  optical geometry  involved,
requiring  unique curvatures of both the  horizontal and vertical radii, as well
as  the  front  and  rear  lens  surfaces,  the  mold-polishing  function  is  a
time-consuming,  iterative process  that must be  finished by  hand. The process
provides a degree of competitive protection to the Company because the design is
extremely  difficult  and  costly  to  replicate.  All  optical  molds  used  to
manufacture  Gargoyles brand lenses are owned  by the Company, contributing to a
consistent, dependable source of supply.
 
     The Company  manages its  inventory  for its  Gargoyles products  using  an
automated inventory management system that assists in controlling reorder points
and   minimum  and  maximum  stock  levels,  thereby  ensuring  better  in-stock
availability and  a higher  level of  salable product.  Other benefits  of  this
system  include lowering  average inventories  and reducing  associated carrying
costs. The Company is in the process of integrating its Hobie products into  the
automated inventory management system.
 
     For  information  concerning  backlog  and  backorders,  see  "Management's
Discussion   and   Analysis    of   Financial   Condition    and   Results    of
Operations -- Backlog and Backorders."
 
DISTRIBUTION
 
     To  preserve  the  integrity  of the  Company's  brand  names,  the Company
selectively limits its distribution to retailers that market products consistent
with the Company's image and pricing strategy  and that provide a high level  of
customer service and technical expertise. Individual accounts are selected based
on  their potential  ability to  positively represent  the Company's  brands and
technological benefits,  reputation  for  advertising  prices  at  or  near  the
manufacturer's  suggested  retail  price,  expected ability  to  display  a wide
assortment of the  Company's product selections  and demonstrated commitment  to
merchandising and product knowledge that will support the Company's brand image.
The Company believes that sunglass specialty retailers represent the largest and
fastest  growing distribution  channel for  sunglasses, and  expects significant
growth in sunglass  sales by  sunglass specialty stores.  The Company  currently
sells   Gargoyles  and  Hobie  eyewear   through  approximately  3,100  accounts
representing over 7,000  locations or  outlets comprised  primarily of  sunglass
specialty stores, optical stores, department stores and sporting goods stores.
 
     The   Company  believes   that  international   distribution  represents  a
significant opportunity for  increased product sales.  Although the Company  has
not  historically  focused on  the  international marketplace,  it  has achieved
recent international sales growth as a result of targeting existing distributors
for increased sales
 
                                       35
<PAGE>   38
 
volume and  developing new  distributor  relationships selling  into  previously
untapped  international  markets. The  Company  intends to  focus  its expansion
efforts in Europe  through the  establishment of  an international  distribution
network,  and to  leverage potential  distribution synergies  with the Company's
international manufacturing suppliers. Future plans potentially involve a direct
sales force in selected countries and  the investment in marketing and  overseas
operations  where appropriate. The Company also  expects the worldwide growth of
Sunglass Hut to assist in its international expansion.
 
SALES
 
     Prior to March 1994, Gargoyles' selling efforts were conducted  principally
by  manufacturers' representatives who  were responsible for  product lines from
multiple companies. In March 1994, the Company invested in a direct sales force,
which had an  immediate impact on  revenue growth and  has played a  significant
role  in positioning the  Company for long-term  sustainable revenue growth. The
direct sales  force  has  grown  from  ten  individuals  in  April  1994  to  30
individuals  as of  May 1,  1996. The  sales force  currently includes territory
sales managers, national accounts sales  managers and sales associates, as  well
as  international and protective eyewear sales  teams. The Company believes that
the benefits of its direct sales force include greater focus and more  effective
control,  direction, responsiveness  and motivation throughout  the entire sales
management process. Furthermore, the Company views  its direct sales force as  a
key  asset and continuously seeks to add new products to leverage its investment
in its sales force. Examples of this strategy include the Hobie Acquisition  and
the  license  agreement with  Timberland,  both of  which  allow the  Company to
provide new products to its growing customer base through its established  sales
force.
 
     The  Company's direct  sales force  is responsible  for managing  all sales
activities  and  executing  the  Company's  sales,  marketing  and   promotional
strategies.  Sales  personnel  directly call  on  sunglass  specialty retailers,
department stores and large optical chains. Sales force functions include  daily
sales  calls focused on  increasing business with  existing accounts and opening
new accounts. This includes educating and training retailers and their employees
to effectively  communicate  the key  features  and benefits  of  the  Company's
products  and to execute  strategic merchandising programs.  Sales personnel are
compensated based on a combination of base salary and bonus.
 
     In January 1996,  the Company  made the  strategic decision  to expand  its
distribution  network  to include  key optical  distributors and  sporting goods
manufacturers' representatives to supplement the Company's efforts to access the
underpenetrated optical stores  and sporting goods  markets. These  distributors
and  manufacturers' representatives  represent both Gargoyles  and Hobie product
lines. The Company  believes that  the strategic expansion  of its  distribution
network will provide its direct sales force with greater ability to increase its
focus  on the  Company's existing customer  base and to  achieve greater account
penetration.
 
MARKETING AND PROMOTION
 
     Prior to  the  Recapitalization,  the  Company  devoted  few  resources  to
marketing  and  promotion. Over  the past  year,  the Company  has significantly
increased its  marketing efforts,  with  increased marketing  expenditures,  new
personnel  and  new  promotional programs.  The  Company's  marketing department
develops all  aspects  of advertising,  marketing  and promoting  the  Company's
products.  In  addition,  the marketing  team  participates in  the  new product
development process.
 
     The Company believes that marketing programs developed in cooperation  with
its  key customers, including Sunglass Hut, are a critical part of the Company's
success. The  Company's marketing  professionals work  with these  customers  to
design  distinctive retail presentations and promotions and to develop marketing
materials to educate  store employees  as to the  features and  benefits of  the
Company's products. In addition, the Company provides its customers with product
and video presentations that feature the Company's latest products.
 
     The  Company  uses endorsements  by  professional athletes  to  promote its
products and brand image by highlighting the sports efficacy of its designs. The
Company's athlete endorsement  strategy focuses  on selecting  athletes who  are
highly  acclaimed in their  respective sports to wear  and promote the Company's
sunglasses. Athletes work in partnership with  the Company to contribute to  the
successful development and
 
                                       36
<PAGE>   39
 
marketing  of the Company's products.  Athletes currently under contract include
such well-known names  as seven-time  NASCAR champion  Dale Earnhardt,  baseball
superstar  and "presidential  candidate" Ken Griffey,  Jr., international soccer
superstar Alexi  Lalas, Olympic  gold-medalist skier  Tommy Moe,  NBA  superstar
Scottie  Pippen  and  world  champion snowboarders  Michael  Jacoby  and Michele
Taggart. In key situations, the Company  uses the names of athletes to  increase
brand  recognition by creating a "signature"  series of products. These products
currently include The Griffey  Wrap and Dale  Earnhardt's signature models.  The
Company's  strategy also includes the use of the Company's protective eyewear on
the popular  television series  ER,  which it  promotes through  an  endorsement
contract providing for tie-in promotions with the ER actors.
 
CUSTOMER SERVICE
 
     The  Company's management  is committed to  achieving customer satisfaction
and encouraging  repeat business  by providing  a high  level of  knowledgeable,
attentive  and  personalized  customer  service.  The  Company  has  implemented
extensive employee  training  designed  to  ensure  that  its  customer  service
representatives,  and  other  key  personnel who  interface  with  the Company's
customers, are thoroughly familiar with the technical, lifestyle and  functional
elements  of  the  Company's  product offerings.  Management  believes  that the
Company's responsive customer  service effort has  created significant  goodwill
and  loyalty among its customers  and, as a result,  is a leading contributor to
the strength of Gargoyles' excellent reputation in the marketplace.
 
PRINCIPAL CUSTOMERS
    
     Net sales  to the  Company's 10  largest customers  during the  year  ended
December  31,  1995  and  the  six months  ended  June  30,  1996  accounted for
approximately 57%  and  54%  of  net  sales,  respectively.  Sunglass  Hut,  the
Company's  largest  customer, accounted  for approximately  33%  and 37%  of the
Company's net sales for the same  periods (including sales to Sunsations,  which
was  acquired by Sunglass Hut  in July 1995). As of  May 31, 1996, the Company's
products are  sold in  more than  1,650 Sunglass  Hut locations  throughout  the
United  States.  While  the Company  does  not  have a  purchase  agreement with
Sunglass Hut, the  Company believes that  its relations with  this customer  are
good.  Each  year  the  Company  and  Sunglass  Hut  develop  a  joint  plan for
promotional, marketing and sales objectives. See "Risk Factors -- Dependence  on
Sunglass Hut."
    
 
INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
 
     The  Company aggressively  asserts its  rights under  patent, trade secret,
unfair competition, trade  dress, trademark  and copyright laws  to protect  its
intellectual  property,  including  product  designs,  proprietary manufacturing
processes  and  technologies,  product  research  and  concepts  and  recognized
trademarks.  These rights are  protected through the  acquisition of patents and
trademark registrations, the  maintenance of trade  secrets, the development  of
trade  dress and,  where appropriate, litigation  against those who  are, in the
Company's opinion, infringing its rights.
 
     Patents and Trademarks.  As  of May 15, 1996,  the Company had been  issued
three  U.S.  utility patents  and one  U.S. design  patent relating  to eyewear,
including patents directed to  the dual lens toric  curve technology. As of  May
15,  1996, the  Company had three  utility patent applications  and three design
patent  application  pending  in  the  United  States  and  one  utility  patent
application  pending  internationally. The  Company  intends to  file additional
patent  applications,  when  appropriate,   relating  to  improvements  in   its
technology and other specific products and processes developed by the Company.
 
     As  of May 15,  1996, the Company  had registered four  U.S. trademarks and
three international  trademarks relating  primarily to  the name  Gargoyles.  In
addition, the Company has licensed the right to use the Hobie and the Timberland
and  tree logo trademarks for  use on eyewear products  pursuant to the terms of
the license agreements with  Hobie and Timberland. Due  to the Company's  strict
quality-control  standards and the desire  to protect its proprietary technology
and prevent overexposure  of its trademarks,  the Company has  not licensed  its
trademarks  for use by  other parties for  the manufacture and  sale of sunglass
products.
 
                                       37
<PAGE>   40
 
     While there can be  no assurance that the  Company's patents or  trademarks
protect  its proprietary  information and  technologies, the  Company intends to
continue to  assert  its intellectual  property  rights against  any  infringer.
Although  the Company's assertion of its rights could result in substantial cost
to, and diversion of effort by, the Company, management believes that protection
of the  Company's  intellectual  property  rights is  a  key  component  of  the
Company's  business strategy.  The Company  is currently  a party  in litigation
matters  concerning   certain  of   its   intellectual  property   rights.   See
"-- Litigation" and "Risk Factors -- Protection of Proprietary Rights."
 
     Trade Secrets.  The Company also relies on unpatented trade secrets for the
protection  of certain  intellectual property  rights. The  Company protects its
trade secrets  by requiring  its  employees, consultants  and other  agents  and
advisors   to  execute  confidentiality  agreements  upon  the  commencement  of
employment or other relationship  with the Company. There  can be no  assurance,
however,  that  these  agreements  will provide  meaningful  protection  for the
Company's  proprietary  information  or  adequate  remedies  in  the  event   of
unauthorized use or disclosure of such information. In addition, there can be no
assurance  that others  will not independently  develop substantially equivalent
proprietary information  and  technologies,  or otherwise  gain  access  to  the
Company's  trade secrets  or disclose such  technology, or that  the Company can
meaningfully protect its rights to unpatented trade secrets.
 
COMPETITION
 
     The  Company   competes   primarily  in   the   premium  segment   of   the
nonprescription sunglass market, which is fragmented and highly competitive. The
Company  competes with  a number  of established  companies, including  Bausch &
Lomb, the marketer of  the Ray Ban,  Killer Loop, Arnette  and Revo brands,  and
Oakley,  which together control approximately 50% of the premium market segment,
as well as Luxottica Group  S.P.A., Safilo USA Inc.  and Bolle America, Inc.  In
the  polarized sunglass segment, the Company competes against Maui Jim and Costa
del Mar  brands,  as well  as  the polarized  products  sold by  other  sunglass
manufacturers.  The Company also  competes in the  market for premium protective
eyewear,  primarily  against  Bolle  America,  Inc.,  and  against  lower-priced
products produced by Uvex Safety, Inc. and Titmus Optical, Inc. Several of these
companies   in  the  premium  sunglass   and  protective  eyewear  markets  have
substantially greater resources and better name recognition than the Company and
sell their products through broader and more diverse distribution channels.  The
Company  could also face competition from new competitors, including established
branded consumer products companies that  also have greater financial and  other
resources than the Company. In addition, as the Company expands internationally,
it   will  face  substantial  competition   from  companies  that  have  already
established their  products  in  international  markets  and  consequently  have
significantly more experience in those markets than the Company.
 
     The  premium sunglass  market is susceptible  to rapid  changes in consumer
preferences that could affect  acceptance and sales  of the Company's  products.
The major competitive factors include fashion trends, brand recognition, methods
of  distribution and the number  and range of products  offered. In addition, to
retain its market  share, the  Company must continue  to be  competitive in  the
areas  of quality, performance, technology, intellectual property protection and
customer service. See "Risk Factors -- Competition."
 
EMPLOYEES
 
     As of  May 31,  1996,  the Company  had 221  employees,  of which  71  were
full-time  salaried, 103 were full-time hourly and 47 were part-time hourly. The
Company is not  a party  to any  labor agreement and  none of  its employees  is
represented  by a labor  union. The Company considers  its relationship with its
employees to be excellent, and has never experienced a work stoppage.
 
PROPERTIES
 
     The Company's corporate  headquarters and its  production, warehousing  and
distribution  facilities  are located  in Kent,  Washington  and consist  of two
leased buildings  totaling  approximately  31,000  square  feet  of  space.  See
"Certain Transactions."
 
                                       38
<PAGE>   41
 
     Management  believes that the Company's  facilities are currently operating
near maximum capacity and  that such facilities will  not be sufficient to  meet
the  Company's future  operating needs.  The Company  anticipates that  all or a
portion of its operations will be relocated  in 1997 to a larger facility. As  a
result,  any delays or interruptions in the Company's manufacturing processes or
other operations could have a material adverse effect on the Company. See  "Risk
Factors -- Ability to Sustain and Manage Growth."
 
LITIGATION
 
     In February 1996, the Company filed an action in the United States District
Court  for the Western District of Washington against Peter and Jane Doe LaHaye,
LaHaye  Laboratories,  Inc.   and  NEOPTX,  Inc.   relating  to  the   potential
infringement  of the  Company's patent for  an adhesive  magnification insert to
eyewear products.  In  April  1996,  the  defendants  counterclaimed  seeking  a
declaration  that the  patent is not  valid and  not infringed. While  it is too
early to determine  the outcome of  this litigation, the  Company believes  that
such  litigation will not  have a material  adverse effect on  its operations or
financial position.
 
     In May 1996, a notice  of opposition was filed  against the Company in  the
United  States Patent and Trademark Office  by Mobil Oil Corporation seeking the
denial of the  Company's trademark  application to  use the  Gargoyles mark  for
souvenir  products.  While it  is too  early  to determine  the outcome  of this
action, the Company believes that this notice of opposition would not affect the
Company's existing trademark registration for the Gargoyles mark.
 
     The Company also is a party  to various other claims, complaints and  legal
actions  that have arisen in the ordinary  course of business from time to time.
The Company believes that the outcome of all such pending legal proceedings,  in
the  aggregate, will  not have  a material adverse  effect on  its operations or
financial position.
 
                                       39
<PAGE>   42
 
                                   MANAGEMENT
 
DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND KEY EMPLOYEES
 
     The directors, executive officers and key employees of the Company, and
their ages as of June 30, 1996, are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
           NAME              AGE                            POSITION
- ---------------------------  ---   -----------------------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>   <C>
Executive Officers and
  Directors
Douglas B. Hauff(1)........  43    President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
G. Travis Worth............  50    Chief Operating Officer
David W. Jobe..............  36    Senior Vice President, Sales
Steven R. Kingma...........  39    Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
                                   Treasurer
Douglas W. Lauer...........  42    President and Chief Executive Officer, Kindling
Erik J. Anderson(1)(2).....  37    Chairman of the Board
Timothy C. Potts(1)(2).....  47    Director
Paul S. Shipman............  43    Director
Walter F. Walker(2)........  41    Director
Key Employees
Charles A. Bernheiser......  57    Vice President, Design, Research and Development
Janice D. Gaub.............  34    Vice President, Marketing
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Member of the Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors.
(2) Member of the Audit Committee of the Board of Directors.
 
     All the current directors of the Company, except Messrs. Shipman and
Walker, were elected to the Board of Directors pursuant to a shareholders
agreement entered into in connection with the Recapitalization. See "Certain
Transactions." Upon the effective date of the Offering, the shareholders
agreement will automatically terminate.
 
     The Company's Board of Directors will be divided into three classes at the
first annual meeting of shareholders following the Offering. After a
transitional period, each director will serve for a three-year term and one
class will be elected each year by the Company's shareholders. Directors hold
office until their terms expire and their successors are elected and qualified.
Executive officers of the Company are appointed by, and serve at the direction
of, the Board of Directors. There are no family relationships between any of the
directors or executive officers of the Company.
 
     Douglas B. Hauff has been President, Chief Executive Officer and a Director
of the Company since June 1996. Between his joining the Company in May 1992 and
June 1996, Mr. Hauff was the Company's President and a Director. Mr. Hauff has
also been President and a director of Conquest since May 1992. From September
1990 to April 1992, Mr. Hauff was Senior Vice President of Frederick & Nelson
Inc. ("Frederick & Nelson"), a department store chain operator. Mr. Hauff was a
Senior Vice President and Division President of McCaw Cellular Communications, a
telecommunications company, between August 1986 and July 1988, President of
Interstate Mobile Phone d/b/a Cellular One, a telecommunications company,
between October 1984 and July 1986 and President of Executone, a Northwest
telecommunications firm, between September 1981 and September 1984.
 
     G. Travis Worth has been Chief Operating Officer of the Company since June
1996. From October 1995 until June 1996, Mr. Worth was the Company's Senior Vice
President. From August 1989 to October 1995, Mr. Worth was the Vice President,
Sales for the Ray-Ban Eyewear Division of Bausch & Lomb. From 1981 to 1989, Mr.
Worth was Vice President, Sales and Marketing of Technica USA Ski Boot Company,
a manufacturer of ski equipment.
 
                                       40
<PAGE>   43
 
     David W. Jobe, Senior Vice President, Sales, joined the Company in February
1994. From May 1988 to January 1994, Mr. Jobe was employed by MEDI-TECH, Inc., a
subsidiary of Boston Scientific Corporation, a medical device company, initially
as Denver territory manager, then as a regional manager from June 1990 to
December 1992 and as Western Division Manager from January 1993 to January 1994.
From January 1985 through April 1988, Mr. Jobe was employed by The Procter &
Gamble Company in a number of sales management capacities.
 
     Steven R. Kingma, Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and
Treasurer, joined the Company in September 1994. From September 1993 to
September 1994, Mr. Kingma was employed at Jay Jacobs, Inc., the operator of a
chain of specialty retail apparel stores, in various financial positions, most
recently as its Senior Vice President, Chief Financial Officer and Treasurer
from May 1994 to September 1994. From August 1992 to September 1993, Mr. Kingma
owned and operated Pacific Financial Management, a financial and professional
consulting services business. From January 1990 to July 1992, Mr. Kingma was
employed by Frederick & Nelson as Director of Finance. From September 1979 to
January 1990, Mr. Kingma was employed by Price Waterhouse, a public accounting
firm.
 
     Douglas W. Lauer, President and Chief Executive Officer of Kindling, joined
the Company in June 1996 in connection with the license agreement with
Timberland. Previously, Mr. Lauer was President of Revo, a subsidiary of Bausch
& Lomb, from July 1989 to May 1996. Mr. Lauer formerly served in a number of
management capacities for Polo Ralph Lauren Corporation.
 
     Erik J. Anderson has been a Director of the Company since March 1995 and
was named Chairman of the Board in July 1995. Mr. Anderson has been Chief
Executive Officer of Trillium, a corporation with investments primarily in
timber and real estate, since January 1996, was its Co-President from January
1995 to January 1996 and its Executive Vice President from February 1994 to
January 1995. From March 1992 to January 1994, Mr. Anderson was a partner of
Frazier & Company, a merchant bank. From October 1990 to March 1992, Mr.
Anderson was a Vice President of Service Group of America, a food distribution
and insurance company. Mr. Anderson is also a director of Smart Modular
Technologies, Inc.
 
     Timothy C. Potts has been a Director of the Company since March 1995. Mr.
Potts has been Senior Vice President -- Finance of Trillium since July 1994.
From April 1987 to July 1994, Mr. Potts was the Chief Financial Officer of
Trillium.
 
     Paul S. Shipman has been a Director of the Company since June 1996. Mr.
Shipman has been President since September 1981, Chairman of the Board since
November 1992 and Chief Executive Officer since June 1993 of Redhook Ale
Brewery, Incorporated ("Redhook"), a brewer of craft beers.
 
     Walter F. Walker has been a Director of the Company since December 1995.
Since September 1994, Mr. Walker has been the President of the Seattle
Supersonics National Basketball Association basketball team, owned by a
subsidiary of Ackerley Communications, Inc. From March to September 1994, he was
President of Walker Capital, Inc., a money management firm. From July 1987 to
March 1994, Mr. Walker was a Vice President of Goldman, Sachs & Co., a
registered broker-dealer. From 1976 to 1985, Mr. Walker was a professional
basketball player in the National Basketball Association. Mr. Walker is also a
director of Redhook and Interpoint Corporation.
 
     Charles A. Bernheiser, Vice President, Design, Research and Development,
joined the Company in April 1992. Mr. Bernheiser has been associated with the
optical industry for more than 30 years in many capacities, including extensive
experience with Corning Incorporated, American Optical Corp. and Liberty
Optical. Mr. Bernheiser also designed, established and managed the initial
Gargoyles production facility as an independent contractor prior to joining the
Company in 1992.
 
     Janice D. Gaub, Vice President, Marketing, joined the Company in September
1995. From October 1993 to May 1995, Ms. Gaub was Director of Marketing and
Customer Service for Nile Spice Foods, Inc., a manufacturer of spices and food
products. From August 1989 to October 1993, she was a Product Manager at Paragon
Trade Brands, Inc., a manufacturer of private label disposable diapers.
 
                                       41
<PAGE>   44
 
   
     Frederick & Nelson, a company for which Mr. Hauff served as Senior Vice
President and Mr. Kingma served as Director of Finance, filed a voluntary
petition for Chapter 11 bankruptcy in September 1991 and was liquidated by order
of the bankruptcy court in 1992. Jay Jacobs, Inc., a company for which Mr.
Kingma was employed in various financial positions, filed a voluntary petition
for Chapter 11 bankruptcy protection in May 1994 and emerged therefrom in
November 1995.
    
 
BOARD COMMITTEES AND DIRECTOR COMPENSATION
 
     The Company has two standing committees of the Board of Directors: an Audit
Committee and a Compensation Committee. The Audit Committee reviews the
functions of the Company's management and independent auditors pertaining to the
Company's financial statements and performs such other related duties and
functions as are deemed appropriate by the Audit Committee and the Board of
Directors. The Compensation Committee determines officer and director
compensation and administers the Company's stock option plans.
 
   
     Each nonemployee director of the Company who does not beneficially own 5%
or more of the Company's outstanding voting securities and who is not an
officer, director or employee of any entity that beneficially owns 5% or more of
the Company's outstanding voting securities receives an annual retainer of
$4,000, and $250 for attending each committee meeting of the Board. For
information concerning a warrant to purchase shares of Common Stock granted to
Walter F. Walker in December 1995, see "Certain Transactions." In January 1996,
Mr. Walker also received a stock option to purchase 2,344 shares of Common Stock
at an exercise price of $4.26 per share. In July 1996, the Company intends to
grant to Paul S. Shipman an option to purchase 2,344 shares of Common Stock at
an exercise price of $6.82 per share. In the future, as compensation for their
services, the Company intends to grant to each of its outside directors, both on
initial appointment to the Board and on an annual basis thereafter, an option to
purchase approximately 2,344 shares of Common Stock at exercise prices equal to
the fair market value of the Common Stock at the date of grant.
    
 
COMPENSATION COMMITTEE INTERLOCKS AND INSIDER PARTICIPATION
 
     Mr. Hauff, the Company's President and Chief Executive Officer, is a member
of the Compensation Committee of the Company's Board of Directors. Mr. Hauff
also served as a director, President and a member of the Compensation Committee
of Conquest during fiscal 1995. For information concerning certain transactions
between Mr. Hauff and the Company, see "Certain Transactions."
 
                                       42
<PAGE>   45
 
EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION
 
  Summary Compensation Table
 
     The  following  table  sets  forth  certain  information  with  respect  to
compensation paid by the Company in the  fiscal year ended December 31, 1995  to
the  Company's  Chief Executive  Officer and  the  other executive  officers who
earned in excess of $100,000 in salary and bonus during fiscal 1995 (the  "Named
Executive Officers").
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                         LONG-TERM
                                                     ANNUAL         COMPENSATION AWARDS
                                                  COMPENSATION      -------------------
                                               ------------------       SECURITIES         ALL OTHER
         NAME AND PRINCIPAL POSITION            SALARY     BONUS    UNDERLYING OPTIONS    COMPENSATION
- ---------------------------------------------  --------   -------   -------------------   ------------
<S>                                            <C>        <C>       <C>                   <C>
Douglas B. Hauff, President and Chief
  Executive Officer(1).......................  $225,000   $50,000               0           $ 14,229(2)
David W. Jobe, Senior Vice President,
  Sales......................................    83,750    32,500         107,952              8,504(3)
Steven R. Kingma, Vice President and Chief
  Financial Officer..........................    93,750    25,000          46,264              7,871(4)
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1  Mr. Hauff was named  Chief Executive Officer in  June 1996. During 1995, no
    executive officer of the Company held the title of Chief Executive Officer.
(2) Represents (i) $5,171 in matching 401(k) plan contributions by the  Company,
    (ii)  $3,696 for life  insurance and disability  premiums, and (iii) $5,362
    for dependent health insurance premiums.
(3) Represents (i) $2,993 in matching 401(k) plan contributions by the Company,
    (ii) $149 for disability insurance premiums, and (iii) $5,362 for dependent
    health insurance premiums.
(4) Represents (i) $2,369 in matching 401(k) plan contributions by the Company,
    (ii) $162 for disability insurance premiums, and (iii) $5,340 for dependent
    health insurance premiums.

  Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year
 
     The following table sets forth certain information regarding stock  options
granted  to the Named  Executive Officers during the  fiscal year ended December
31, 1995. No  stock options  were granted  by the  Company to  Mr. Hauff  during
fiscal 1995.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                              POTENTIAL
                                                                                             REALIZABLE
                                                  INDIVIDUAL GRANTS                       VALUE AT ASSUMED
                                ------------------------------------------------------     ANNUAL RATES OF
                                NUMBER OF         PERCENT OF                                 STOCK PRICE
                                SECURITIES      TOTAL OPTIONS                               APPRECIATION
                                UNDERLYING        GRANTED TO                             FOR OPTION TERM(3)
                                 OPTIONS         EMPLOYEES IN    EXERCISE   EXPIRATION   -------------------
             NAME               GRANTED(1)      FISCAL YEAR(2)    PRICE        DATE         5%        10%
- ------------------------------  ----------      --------------   --------   ----------   --------   --------
<S>                             <C>             <C>              <C>        <C>          <C>        <C>
David W. Jobe.................    61,682(4)          12.8%        $ 3.24      03/22/05   $125,684   $318,509
                                  46,270(5)           9.6           3.24      12/08/05     94,281    238,926
Steven R. Kingma..............    30,841(4)           6.4           3.24      03/22/05     62,842    159,254
                                  15,423(4)           3.2           3.24      12/08/05     31,426     79,640
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
(1) All options were granted at fair market value at the date of grant.
(2) Based on a total of 481,013 options granted to employees in fiscal 1995.
(3) The  assumed rates  of appreciation  are prescribed  by the  Securities and
    Exchange Commission (the "Commission")  for illustrative purposes only  and
    are not intended to forecast or predict future stock prices.
(4) These options vest monthly over a four-year period.
(5) These options vest monthly over a  four-year period upon the achievement of
    certain operating objectives or at the end of five years.
 
                                       43
<PAGE>   46
 
  1995 Year-End Option Values
 
     No stock options were exercised by the Named Executive Officers during  the
fiscal  year ended  December 31,  1995. The  following table  sets forth certain
information regarding  unexercised  stock options  held  by each  of  the  Named
Executive  Officers as  of December  31, 1995. Mr.  Hauff held  no stock options
granted by the  Company as of  December 31,  1995. For a  discussion of  certain
options  granted  to  Mr. Hauff  by  certain  shareholders of  the  Company, see
"Certain Transactions."
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      NUMBER OF SECURITIES          VALUE OF UNEXERCISED
                                                     UNDERLYING UNEXERCISED        IN-THE-MONEY OPTIONS AT
                                                   OPTIONS AT FISCAL YEAR-END        FISCAL YEAR-END(1)
                                                   ---------------------------   ---------------------------
                      NAME                         EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE   EXERCISABLE   UNEXERCISABLE
- -------------------------------------------------  -----------   -------------   -----------   -------------
<S>                                                <C>           <C>             <C>           <C>
David W. Jobe....................................     11,565         96,387       $ 136,005     $ 1,133,511
Steven R. Kingma.................................      5,782         40,482          67,996         476,068
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 
(1) Calculated on  the basis  of the assumed  initial public  offering price  of
     $15.00 per share, less the exercise price.
 
BENEFIT PLAN
    
     The  purpose of the 1995 Amended  and Restated Stock Incentive Compensation
Plan (the "1995  Plan") is  to enhance the  long-term shareholder  value of  the
Company   by   offering   opportunities  to   employees,   directors,  officers,
consultants, agents, advisors and independent contractors of the Company and its
subsidiaries to  participate  in  the  Company's  growth  and  success,  and  to
encourage  them to remain in the service of the Company and its subsidiaries and
acquire and maintain  stock ownership  in the  Company. The  1995 Plan  includes
stock   option,  stock  appreciation  right   ("SAR"),  stock  award  (including
restricted stock),  performance  award,  other stock-based  award  and  dividend
equivalent  right features. The 1995 Plan  is a long-term incentive compensation
plan and is  designed to  provide a  competitive and  balanced incentive  reward
program  for participants. A maximum  of 879,000 shares of  Common Stock will be
available for issuance under the 1995 Plan.  A maximum of 293,000 shares may  be
granted under the 1995 Plan as stock awards and performance awards and a maximum
of 58,600 shares may be granted under the 1995 Plan to any individual in any one
fiscal year of the Company, except that the Company may make additional one-time
grants  to newly hired employees of up to 175,800 shares per each such employee.
As of June 30, 1996, options for 485,338 shares were outstanding under the  1995
Plan.
 
    
     Stock  Option Grants.  Each of the  Board of Directors and the Compensation
Committee of the Board of Directors (the "Plan Administrator") has the authority
to select individuals  who are to  receive options  under the 1995  Plan and  to
specify  the  terms  and conditions  of  each  option so  granted  (incentive or
nonqualified), the exercise  price (which  must be at  least equal  to the  fair
market  value of the Common Stock on the date of grant with respect to incentive
stock options),  the  vesting provisions  and  the option  term.  Following  the
Offering,  for purposes of  the 1995 Plan,  fair market value  means the closing
price as reported by  the Nasdaq National  Market on the  date of grant.  Unless
otherwise  provided by the Plan Administrator,  an option granted under the 1995
Plan expires 10 years from the date of grant or, if earlier, three months  after
the  optionee's termination of service, other than termination for cause, or one
year after the optionee's death or disability.
 
     Stock  Appreciation  Rights.    The  Plan  Administrator  may  grant   SARs
separately  or in tandem with a stock option  award. A SAR is an incentive award
that permits the  holder to  receive, for  each share  covered by  the SAR,  the
amount  by which the fair market value of a share of Common Stock on the date of
exercise exceeds the  exercise price  of such share  (the "base  price"). A  SAR
granted  in tandem with a related option  will generally have the same terms and
provisions as the related  option with respect to  exercisability, and the  base
price  of such SAR will generally be equal to the option price under the related
option. A SAR granted separately will have such terms as the Plan  Administrator
may   determine,  except  that,   unless  otherwise  established   by  the  Plan
Administrator, a stand-alone SAR will have a 10-year term and will be subject to
the same provisions relating to termination of employment as options.
 
                                       44
<PAGE>   47
 
     Stock Awards.  The Plan Administrator is authorized under the 1995 Plan  to
issue  shares  of  Common  Stock  to eligible  participants  on  such  terms and
conditions and subject to such restrictions,  if any, as the Plan  Administrator
may  determine. Such  restrictions may be  based on continuous  service with the
Company or  the  achievement  of  performance goals  relating  to  sales,  gross
margins,  operating profits or profit, growth in sales, gross margins, operating
profits or  profit, return  ratios related  to sales,  gross margins,  operating
profits  or profit, cash flow, asset management (including inventory management)
or total  shareholder return  (together, the  "Performance Goals"),  where  such
goals  may be stated in  absolute terms or relative  to comparison companies, as
the Plan Administrator may determine.
    
     Performance Awards.  The  Plan Administrator is  authorized under the  1995
Plan  to grant  performance awards  that may be  denominated in  cash, shares of
Common Stock, or any combination thereof, to eligible participants on such terms
and conditions as the Plan  Administrator may determine. Performance  objectives
may  vary among participants  and may be  based on the  Performance Goals, where
such goals may be stated in absolute terms or relative to comparison  companies,
as  the Plan Administrator  may determine. No  performance awards denominated in
cash having an  aggregate value  in excess  of $250,000  may be  granted to  any
individual in any one fiscal year of the Company.
     
     Other   Stock-Based  Awards.    The  Plan  Administrator  may  grant  other
stock-based awards under the 1995 Plan pursuant to which shares of Common  Stock
are  or may  in the future  be acquired,  or awards denominated  in stock units,
including awards  valued using  measures  other than  market value.  Such  other
stock-based  awards may be granted alone or in addition to or in tandem with any
award of any type granted  under the 1995 Plan and  must be consistent with  the
1995 Plan's purpose.
 
     Dividend  Equivalent Rights.   Any awards under  the 1995 Plan  may, in the
Plan Administrator's discretion,  earn dividend equivalent  rights that  entitle
the holder to be credited with an amount equal to the cash or stock dividends or
other  distributions that  would have  been paid on  the shares  of Common Stock
covered by such  award had such  covered shares been  issued and outstanding  on
such  dividend record date. The Plan  Administrator may establish such rules and
procedures governing the crediting of dividend equivalent rights, including  the
timing,  form of payment  and payment contingencies, as  it deems appropriate or
necessary.
 
EMPLOYMENT AND CHANGE-IN-CONTROL AGREEMENTS
 
     Employment Agreements.  In March 1995, the Company entered into a four-year
employment agreement with  Douglas B. Hauff  and two-year employment  agreements
with  each  of Steven  R. Kingma  and David  W.  Jobe and,  in November  1995, a
two-year employment  agreement with  G. Travis  Worth. After  expiration of  the
initial  term, each  such employment  agreement continues  on a  quarterly basis
until terminated  by  either  party  on  90  days'  notice.  Pursuant  to  these
agreements,  the Company  agreed to  pay Messrs.  Hauff, Kingma,  Jobe and Worth
annual base salaries of $225,000,  $95,000, $85,000 and $135,000,  respectively,
subject  to such annual increases as may be determined by the Company's Board of
Directors. Mr. Hauff and Mr. Kingma are eligible to receive an annual  incentive
bonus  of up to $60,000 and up to $30,000, respectively, subject to and based on
the achievement by the Company of specified annual operating income  objectives.
Mr.  Jobe is eligible to receive annual  incentive bonuses of (i) up to $22,500,
subject to  and based  on the  achievement by  the Company  of specified  annual
operating  income objectives, (ii)  up to $20,000,  subject to and  based on the
achievement by the Company of specified annual sales objectives, and (iii) up to
$15,000, subject to  and based on  the achievement by  the Company of  specified
annual sales objectives for its Protective Eyewear division. If the Company does
not  achieve  specified minimum  annual operating,  sales or  Protective Eyewear
division sales objectives, as applicable, no annual incentive bonus based on the
applicable  objective  is  payable  under  the  employment  agreements  of  such
executives.  The  agreement with  Mr. Hauff  also provides  that Mr.  Hauff will
receive a $300,000 bonus if the Company sells substantially all of its assets or
stock or raises  operating capital  through an  initial public  offering of  its
securities.  This  bonus will  be paid  in  connection with  the closing  of the
Offering. Beginning in 1996, Mr. Worth  is entitled to participate in  incentive
compensation programs established for management, under which bonus amounts will
range  between 25%  and 50%  of Mr.  Worth's base  salary. In  addition, Messrs.
Kingma, Jobe and Worth were granted incentive stock options to purchase  30,841,
61,682  and  123,365  shares  of  Common  Stock,  respectively.  The  employment
 
                                       45
<PAGE>   48
 
agreements provide  the  executives with  certain  fringe benefits  relating  to
benefit  plans,  as well  as benefits  upon termination  due to  disability. The
employment agreements also  provide that  if the executive  is terminated  other
than for cause or resigns for good reason, such executive is entitled to receive
an  amount equal to the lesser of (i) two  years' base salary in the case of Mr.
Hauff and six months' base salary in the case of Messrs. Kingma, Jobe and  Worth
and  (ii) the executive's  base salary payable  for the remaining  period of the
initial term,  less any  amounts received  under disability  insurance  policies
provided  by the Company  or as compensation or  benefits from employment during
such time,  together  with  certain  other  benefits.  Each  of  the  employment
agreements  with  Messrs.  Hauff,  Kingma  and  Jobe  contains  a noncompetition
provision effective for (i) a period equal to the longer of five years from  the
date  of termination of employment  and the end of  the employment period if the
executive is terminated for cause or voluntarily resigns or (ii) a period of one
year from  the date  of  termination of  employment in  the  case of  any  other
termination.  The employment agreement with  Mr. Worth contains a noncompetition
provision effective for (i) a period of three years from the date of termination
of employment if  Mr. Worth is  terminated for cause  or voluntarily resigns  or
(ii)  a period of six  months from the date of  termination of employment in the
case of any other termination.
 
     1995 Plan.  In the  event of certain mergers, consolidations,  acquisitions
of  property  or  stock,  separations, reorganizations  or  liquidations  of the
Company, outstanding options, SARs and restricted stock under the 1995 Plan will
become fully  exercisable,  subject  to certain  exceptions.  In  addition,  the
Compensation Committee of the Board of Directors may take such further action as
it  deems  necessary or  advisable, and  fair to  participants, with  respect to
outstanding awards under the 1995 Plan.
 
                                       46
<PAGE>   49
 
                              CERTAIN TRANSACTIONS
 
RECAPITALIZATION TRANSACTION
 
     In March 1995, the Company  implemented the Recapitalization, in which  (i)
Antone merged into the Company, (ii) the Common Stock was split 13,888.89-for-1,
(iii)  approximately 3.5 million  shares of Common Stock  were redeemed from the
Founder (who was until then the majority shareholder) for $10.9 million (paid as
described below), and  (iv) the  Investors purchased  approximately 3.5  million
shares,  or 60% of the outstanding Common Stock, for $5.4 million. Of the shares
sold to the Investors, 2,930,000 shares were sold to Trillium for a $4.5 million
promissory note; 87,900  shares were  sold to Mr.  Hauff, then  President and  a
director  of the Company, for  $134,687; 58,600 shares were  sold to Mr. Kingma,
Vice President, Chief Financial Officer, Secretary and Treasurer of the Company,
for $89,791; 58,600 shares were sold  to Mr. Jobe, Senior Vice President,  Sales
of  the  Company, for  $89,791; 111,340  shares  were sold  to Gary  Waterman, a
Manager of Workshops L.L.C., an affiliate of Trillium, for $170,605; and  14,650
shares  were sold  to Robert  Manne, President  of Savia  International Inc., an
affiliate of Trillium, for $22,448. Trillium made interest payments of  $250,555
to the Company for 1995.
    
     The $10.9 million payment to the Founder was made in part pursuant to a 7%,
$4.5  million promissory note. The Company made interest payments of $250,555 to
the Founder for  1995. The  note to  the Founder  was backed  by an  irrevocable
standby letter of credit issued on behalf of Trillium; the obligations evidenced
by  the Company's note  to the Founder  and Trillium's note  to the Company were
satisfied in  full  on  January 2,  1996.  An  additional $6.0  million  of  the
redemption  price was paid out of the  proceeds of the Recapitalization Loan and
the balance from cash  on hand. Trillium guaranteed  the payment of all  amounts
due  under the  Recapitalization Loan  and pledged  its shares  of the Company's
Common Stock  to secure  its guaranty.  The Company  agreed to  pay Trillium  an
annual  guaranty fee  equal to  1% of  the outstanding  principal amount  of the
Recapitalization Loan, and has  subsequently paid Trillium  fees of $60,000  and
$55,000  for 1995 and 1996, respectively. As  of June 30, 1996, $5.5 million was
outstanding under the Recapitalization Loan.
     
     In connection with the Recapitalization, in addition to agreeing to  redeem
shares   of  the  Founder's  Common  Stock,   the  Company  made  certain  other
distributions to and agreements with the Founder, including:
    
     (a) As severance expenses and settlement of certain claims and  obligations
among  the Company, the Founder and Supreme Corq Inc. ("Supreme Corq"), which is
majority-owned by the Founder, the Company  issued to the Founder, and  Conquest
guaranteed,  a 10%, $283,100  promissory note (the  "Settlement Note") requiring
monthly payments of $10,704  until maturity on March  15, 1998. During the  year
ended  December 31, 1995,  and the six  months ended June  30, 1996, the Company
paid $46,152  and  $64,226, respectively,  for  principal and  interest  on  the
Settlement  Note.  As  of June  30,  1996,  $205,455 was  outstanding  under the
Settlement Note.
    
   
     (b) Supreme Corq agreed to assume (and the Founder agreed to guarantee  its
performance  of) all lessee obligations under  the Company's lease of commercial
space used by Supreme Corq since February 1994 (the "Previously Leased  Space").
Supreme  Corq, which makes rental payments to the Company equal to the Company's
lease payments, paid the Company, $83,781 and $62,335 in 1995 and the six months
ended June 30, 1996, respectively. The  Company received the benefit of  $92,000
in lease payments owed for 1994 in the calculation of the Settlement Note.
    
 
     (c)   The  Company,  Trillium,  the  Founder,   Mr.  Hauff  and  all  other
shareholders of the Company  entered into a  shareholders agreement (which  will
automatically terminate upon the effective date of the Offering) relating to the
election  of directors, preemptive  rights and certain  other matters, including
assisting Trillium in effecting the  Offering. The Company, Conquest and  Antone
agreed, in a Nondisclosure, Noncompetition and Indemnity Agreement, to indemnify
the Founder for all losses that he incurs from his involvement with the Company,
Conquest  and Antone,  including losses  arising out  of acts  or omissions that
occur at any time, either before or after the date of the agreement. The Founder
agreed to maintain the confidentiality of the indemnitor companies'  proprietary
information and not to compete with any of them, directly or indirectly, through
March 22, 2000.
 
                                       47
<PAGE>   50
 
CONQUEST TRANSACTIONS
 
     The  Founder founded  both Conquest and  the Company, and  the two entities
have been closely  related, sharing  the following officers  and directors:  the
Founder  (who, from  Conquest's founding  in 1973  until 1995,  was the  sole or
majority shareholder of both  Conquest and the Company);  Mr. Hauff (who,  since
1992,  has been President, Chief Executive Officer, a director and a shareholder
of the Company, as well as President  and a director and, since January 1994,  a
shareholder of Conquest); Mr. Kingma (who is the Vice President, Chief Financial
Officer,  Secretary and Treasurer of both Conquest and the Company); and Messrs.
Anderson and  Potts (who,  since March  22,  1995, have  been directors  of  the
Company and of Conquest).
    
     Concurrently    with   the   Recapitalization,   Conquest,   in   its   own
recapitalization, issued  shares  of its  common  stock to  the  Investors,  and
formalized  previously undocumented  loans from  the Founder  by issuing  a 10%,
$133,400 promissory note to the Founder due March 15, 1998 and guaranteed by the
Company. Conquest made  payments to the  Founder under this  note of $21,747  in
fiscal  1995 and $30,264 in the  six months ended June 30,  1996. As of June 30,
1996, $96,813 was outstanding under the note.
     
     Prior to February 1994,  Conquest, Antone and the  Company shared space  in
the  Previously Leased Space now occupied by  Supreme Corq, and the Company made
all required lease payments. From February 1994 through July 1996, Conquest used
what the Company estimates to  be less than 5%  of the Company's current  leased
premises  and certain Company employees  performed services for Conquest without
reimbursement to  the Company,  which  together had  an  estimated cost  to  the
Company  during the year ended December  31, 1995 of $210,000. Reimbursement for
the use of facilities will be made by the Purchaser of Conquest's assets for the
period from June 1996 until such use terminates on July 31, 1996.
    
     The Company,  which has  guaranteed obligations  of Conquest  from time  to
time,  guaranteed  repayment  of a  March  1995  10%, $75,000  Trillium  loan to
Conquest. As  of June  30, 1996,  the outstanding  balance owed  by Conquest  to
Trillium  was  $84,000. In  July  1995, as  amended  in June  1996,  the Company
guaranteed Conquest's indebtedness to a commercial bank (the "Bank") and  agreed
to  subordinate its Conquest indebtedness and present and future indebtedness of
Conquest to the  Bank. As  of June  17, 1996,  the outstanding  balance owed  by
Conquest  to  the Bank  was $769,785.  In January  1996, the  Company guaranteed
payment of  all  of  Conquest's  obligations under  a  promissory  note  in  the
principal  amount of  $129,661 to a  former distributor of  Conquest. In January
1996, the Company and Conquest reached  a severance understanding with a  former
officer  of  both companies.  In  connection with  the  severance understanding,
Conquest agreed  to make  severance  payments of  $8,333.33  per month  for  six
months,  the Company agreed to  make a single payment  of $50,000 and the former
officer's right to  exercise vested stock  options granted by  each company  was
extended until January 31, 1998.
    
   
     On  June 17, 1996, substantially all the assets of Conquest were sold for a
$598,259 promissory note  bearing interest at  the prime rate  plus 1%, with  an
initial  principal payment  of $168,922  due in July  1996 and  maturing in June
1998, to an entity  formed by Conquest's former  general manager. Pursuant to  a
series  of advances  between the  Company and  Conquest, the  Company, in fiscal
1993, made advances  to Conquest  that exceeded  repayments by  Conquest to  the
Company  by $563,988.  Subsequently, the  Company made  advances to  Conquest of
$442,331, $1,007,580 and $44,475 during the fiscal years ended November 30, 1994
and December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996, respectively,  and
Conquest  made repayments of $612,400 and $562,583 during the fiscal years ended
November 30, 1994  and December  31, 1995, respectively.  As of  June 30,  1996,
Conquest's outstanding payable to the Company was $953,366. The Company recorded
a  provision in  the fourth  quarter of 1995  of $1.6  million, representing the
write-off of the  receivable from  Conquest and  a reserve  for other  potential
Conquest  obligations, including  the Conquest indebtedness  which Gargoyles has
guaranteed. See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and
Results of Operations -- Company History."
    
 
OTHER TRANSACTIONS
 
     From the time it was founded in July 1987 until March 22, 1995, when it was
merged into the Company, Antone, a corporation of which the Founder was the sole
shareholder, assembled the Company's eyewear
 
                                       48
<PAGE>   51
 
products. Antone derived revenues from  the Company of $1,115,120, $896,279  and
$284,027  during the fiscal years ended November 30, 1993, November 30, 1994 and
December 31, 1995, respectively.
 
   
     In December 1993, the Company entered  into a lease with DB&D  Partnership,
of  which  the  Founder and  Mr.  Hauff were  then  the sole  partners,  for the
Company's principal facility  in Kent,  Washington. In March  1995, Mr.  Hauff's
interest  in  the partnership  was  transferred to  the  Founder. The  lease, as
amended in March 1995, currently provides  for lease payments by the Company  of
$18,746  per month  (increasing on April  1 of  1997, 1998 and  1999 to $19,496,
$20,276 and $21,087 per month, respectively). The Company paid DB&D  Partnership
lease  payments of  $210,000, $214,725 and  $110,313 for the  fiscal years ended
November 30, 1994 and December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30,  1996,
respectively.
    
 
     In  January 1996, in  exchange for a  cash payment of  $56,000, the Company
issued to Walter F.  Walker, a director  of the Company,  a warrant to  purchase
41,020  shares of the Company's  Common Stock at an  exercise price of $4.26 per
share. The warrant is  also convertible by Mr.  Walker in certain  circumstances
into shares of Common Stock. The warrant was immediately exercisable in full and
expires in December 2005.
 
     In  January 1994, the  Company, the Founder  and Mr. Hauff  entered into an
employment agreement pursuant to which the Founder, then the sole shareholder of
the Company, granted Mr. Hauff an initial option to purchase 5% of the Company's
Common Stock  for  $250,000,  subject  to a  reduction  of  $40,000  in  certain
circumstances, and a further option to purchase an additional 10% of such shares
owned  by the Founder. Mr. Hauff exercised  the initial option in February 1994.
In connection with the Recapitalization,  (i) the 1994 employment agreement  was
terminated  and the parties thereto entered into an option agreement pursuant to
which the Founder granted Mr. Hauff an option to purchase 586,000 shares of  the
Company's  Common Stock then owned by the  Founder at an exercise price of $0.85
per share, (ii)  the Founder sold  to the  Investors the shares  subject to  the
option,  and  (iii) the  Founder assigned  to the  Investors, and  the Investors
assumed, the option agreement. In addition,  the Investors granted Mr. Hauff  an
additional option to purchase 146,500 shares of Common Stock owned by them at an
exercise  price  of $4.26  per share.  Both options  were to  fully vest  on the
closing of the Offering and,  if not then exercised,  to terminate. On June  28,
1996,  the option agreements were amended to  cause all options to fully vest on
June 28, 1996, and to terminate, if unexercised, on June 28, 2006.
 
     On June 9, 1988, the Company  and Conquest, as plaintiffs, filed a  lawsuit
against  the U.S. government  for infringement of  certain patent rights jointly
owned by the  Company and  Conquest. The Company  and Conquest  entered into  an
agreement  with the Founder  regarding management of  the lawsuit, the Founder's
right to certain  proceeds, if  any, arising  from the  claim prior  to a  final
judgment and the Founder's responsibility for costs and fees for the lawsuit for
periods  after March 24, 1995. The agreement  provided a value of the rights and
obligations received  by  the Founder  of  $100,000. The  Company  and  Conquest
prevailed on liability, and have appealed the court's determination with respect
to  the amount of damages. The government has cross appealed as to liability and
damages. The Company incurred legal expenses associated with the damage  hearing
totaling  $171,000 through the  quarter ended March 31,  1995, which the Company
recorded as an expense of the Recapitalization.
 
     In February 1995, Mr. Hauff made a 9.25%, $50,000 loan to the Company which
was repaid in full with interest in March 1995. In January 1996, Mr. Hauff  made
a  12%, $50,000 loan  to the Company which  was repaid in  full with interest in
April 1996. In  February 1995,  Mr. Kingma  made a  9.25%, $50,000  loan to  the
Company  which was repaid in full with  interest in March 1995. In January 1996,
Mr. Kingma made a 12%, $40,000 loan to the Company which was repaid in full with
interest in April 1996. In January 1996, Trillium made two loans to the Company,
each in the principal amount of $100,000, with interest accruing at the rate  of
12%  per annum. The first loan was repaid in full with interest in February 1996
and the second loan was repaid in full with interest in March 1996.
 
     In February 1996, Trillium guaranteed payment of all amounts due under  the
Hobie  Acquisition  Loan in  the  principal amount  of  $4.0 million.  The Hobie
Acquisition Loan was increased to $5.0 million  on June 26, 1996. To secure  the
guaranty,  Trillium  Investors  II, L.L.C,  an  affiliate of  Trillium  to which
Trillium transferred  most of  its  shares of  Common  Stock in  February  1996,
pledged  its  shares of  Common  Stock. In  consideration  of the  guaranty, the
Company paid  Trillium  a guarantee  fee  of  $50,000 and  agreed  to  indemnify
 
                                       49
<PAGE>   52
 
Trillium  for any losses  relating to the  guaranty. In January  1996, Mr. Hauff
guaranteed the Company's obligation to pay liquidated damages of $100,000 in the
event that  the  Hobie Acquisition  was  not consummated;  the  transaction  was
consummated without cost to Mr. Hauff.
 
     In  May 1996, the  Company, together with Douglas  W. Lauer and Timberland,
formed Kindling,  a  majority-owned  subsidiary  of  the  Company.  The  Company
contributed  $1.2 million for its 70% interest in Kindling, while Mr. Lauer owns
a 20% interest in  Kindling and Timberland owns  the remaining 10% interest.  Of
the  $1.2 million,  $100,000 was  paid in cash  and $1.1  million by  means of a
non-interest-bearing  promissory   note  (the   "Kindling  Note")   payable   in
installments  of $100,000  each on June  3, July  3, September 3,  October 3 and
December 3, 1996 and $600,000  on January 3, 1997.  Between January 3, 1997  and
January  1, 2000, Kindling, Mr.  Lauer or Timberland may  require the Company to
contribute an additional $300,000 to Kindling. From 1999 to 2003, Timberland may
require Kindling  to repurchase  all of  Timberland's 10%  interest in  Kindling
under  certain circumstances.  The Company  further agreed  that Mr.  Lauer, and
certain key employees  of Kindling, may  be granted  up to an  aggregate of  10%
(2.5%  for each  year, 1997  to 2000)  of Kindling's  common stock  owned by the
Company upon  the  achievement of  certain  operating objectives.  Trillium  has
agreed  to make  advances that  aggregate up to  $400,000 to  fund the Company's
installments under the Kindling Note. To date, Trillium has advanced $100,000 in
each of June and July  1996, which are due, with  interest at 12% per annum,  on
September 30, 1996.
 
                                       50
<PAGE>   53
 
                       PRINCIPAL AND SELLING SHAREHOLDERS
 
     The following table sets forth as of July 3, 1996, certain information with
respect to the beneficial ownership of the Common Stock by (i) each person known
by  the Company to beneficially own more than  5% of the Common Stock, (ii) each
director of the Company, (iii) each  of the Named Executive Officers, (iv)  each
of  the  Selling  Shareholders,  and  (v) all  of  the  Company's  directors and
executive officers  as  a group.  Except  as otherwise  indicated,  the  Company
believes  that the beneficial owners of the  Common Stock listed below, based on
information furnished by such owners, have sole voting and investment power with
respect to such shares.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP       NUMBER OF       BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP
                                       PRIOR TO THE OFFERING        SHARES        AFTER THE OFFERING(1)
                                      ------------------------      OFFERED      ------------------------
          NAME AND ADDRESS             SHARES       PERCENTAGE      HEREBY        SHARES       PERCENTAGE
- ------------------------------------  ---------     ----------     ---------     ---------     ----------
<S>                                   <C>           <C>            <C>           <C>           <C>
Erik J. Anderson(2)(3)..............  3,418,330        58.2%        409,000      3,009,330        39.9%
  c/o Trillium Corporation
  4350 Cordata Parkway
  Bellingham, Washington 98226
Douglas B. Hauff(4).................  1,109,731        16.8%              0      1,109,731        13.4%
  c/o Gargoyles, Inc.
  5866 South 194th Street
  Kent, Washington 98032
David W. Jobe(5)....................     90,213         1.5%              0         90,213         1.2%
Steven R. Kingma(6).................     81,860         1.4%              0         81,860         1.1%
Timothy C. Potts(3)(7)..............  3,418,330        58.2%        409,000      3,009,330        39.9%
  c/o Trillium Corporation
  4350 Cordata Parkway
  Bellingham, Washington 98226
Paul S. Shipman.....................          0           --              0              0           --
Walter F. Walker(8).................     43,364        *                  0         43,364        *
Dennis L. Burns(9)..................  1,465,000        24.9%        591,000        874,000        11.6%
  c/o Supreme Corq Inc.
  19039 62nd Avenue S.
  Kent, Washington 98032
Trillium Corporation(3)(10).........  3,418,330        58.2%        409,000      3,009,330        39.9%
  4350 Cordata Parkway
  Bellingham, Washington 98226
All directors and executive officers
  as a
  group(11) (9 persons).............  4,113,804        68.1%        409,000      3,704,804        48.1%
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
 *  Less than 1%.
 
 (1) If the Underwriters' over-allotment option  is exercised in full,  Trillium
     Investors  II, L.L.C. ("Trillium Investors") and  Dennis L. Burns will sell
     an additional 101,000 and 141,500  shares, respectively, which will  reduce
     the  number of shares  beneficially owned by such  persons to 2,908,330 (or
     37.8%) and 732,500 (or 9.5%), respectively.
 
 (2) Consists of 610,412 shares  held by Trillium and  2,807,918 shares held  by
     Trillium Investors. Mr. Anderson is Chief Executive Officer of Trillium. In
     addition,  Trillium owns  an 80.0% interest  and Mr. Anderson  owns a 10.0%
     interest in Trillium Investors.  Mr. Anderson is Chairman  of the Board  of
     the Company.
 
 (3) Of these shares, 610,412  are subject to an  option granted by Trillium to
     Douglas B. Hauff.
 
                                       51
<PAGE>   54
 
 (4) Includes 714,181  shares subject  to  an option  granted  to Mr.  Hauff  by
     certain  shareholders  of the  Company,  including Steven  R.  Kingma (with
     respect to 12,211 shares),  David W. Jobe (with  respect to 12,211  shares)
     and Trillium (with respect to 610,412 shares).
 
 (5) Of  these shares, 12,211  are subject to  an option granted  by Mr. Jobe to
     Douglas B.  Hauff.  Also  includes  21,845  shares  subject  to  an  option
     exercisable within 60 days.
 
 (6) Of  these shares, 12,211 are subject to  an option granted by Mr. Kingma to
     Douglas B.  Hauff.  Also  includes  13,492  shares  subject  to  an  option
     exercisable  within 60  days and  2,344 shares  held by  Mr. Kingma's minor
     daughter.
 
 (7) Consists of 610,412 shares  held by Trillium and  2,807,918 shares held  by
     Trillium  Investors.  Mr.  Potts is  Senior  Vice President  --  Finance of
     Trillium. In addition, Trillium owns an 80.0% interest and Mr. Potts owns a
     3.4% interest  in  Trillium Investors.  Mr.  Potts  is a  director  of  the
     Company.
 
 (8) Consists  of 41,020 shares subject to a warrant and 2,344 shares subject to
     an option, both of which are currently exercisable.
 
 (9) For additional information describing  Mr. Burns' historical  relationships
     with the Company, see "Certain Transactions."
 
 (10) Includes  2,807,918 shares  held by  Trillium Investors.  Trillium owns an
      80.0% interest  in Trillium  Investors and  may be  deemed the  beneficial
      owner of such shares as a result of such ownership. In connection with the
      Company's  credit facility, Trillium and  Trillium Investors pledged these
      shares in  support of  Trillium's guarantee  of certain  of the  Company's
      obligations under the Hobie Acquisition Loan. In the event of a default by
      the  Company of  its obligations  under the  Hobie Acquisition  Loan and a
      failure by Trillium to otherwise  satisfy the guaranty, such shares  would
      be transferred to the bank.
 
(11) See  footnotes (1),  (2), (3),  (4), (5), (6),  (7) and  (8). Also includes
     5,140 shares subject to an option exercisable within 60 days.
 
                                       52
<PAGE>   55
 
                          DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
 
     The authorized capital stock of  the Company consists of 40,000,000  shares
of  Common Stock, no par value, and 10,000,000 shares of Preferred Stock, no par
value. The  following summary  description  of the  Company's capital  stock  is
qualified  in its entirety by reference to  the Restated Articles and the Bylaws
of the  Company, copies  of which  are  filed as  exhibits to  the  Registration
Statement of which this Prospectus forms a part.
 
COMMON STOCK
 
     On  June 30, 1996, there were 5,875,637 shares of Common Stock outstanding,
held of record by 21 shareholders. Holders  of Common Stock are entitled to  one
vote  per share on all matters submitted to a vote of shareholders. There are no
cumulative voting rights for the election of directors. Holders of Common  Stock
are  entitled to receive ratably such dividends  as may be declared by the Board
of Directors out  of funds  legally available therefor,  subject to  preferences
that  may be applicable to any outstanding  Preferred Stock. In the event of the
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of  the Company, holders of Common  Stock
are  entitled  to  share  ratably  in  all  assets  remaining  after  payment of
liabilities and the liquidation preference  of any outstanding Preferred  Stock.
Holders  of  Common  Stock  have  no  preemptive,  subscription,  redemption  or
conversion rights. All outstanding shares of Common Stock are, and all shares of
Common Stock to be  outstanding upon completion of  the Offering will be,  fully
paid and nonassessable.
 
PREFERRED STOCK
 
     The  Company's Board  of Directors  has the  authority to  issue 10,000,000
shares of  Preferred  Stock  in one  or  more  series and  to  fix  the  powers,
designations,  rights, preferences and  restrictions thereof, including dividend
rights,  conversion  rights,  voting   rights,  redemption  terms,   liquidation
preferences  and the number of shares constituting each such series, without any
further vote or action  by the Company's shareholders.  Upon the closing of  the
Offering,  no shares  of Preferred  Stock will  be outstanding.  The issuance of
Preferred Stock in certain circumstances may delay, deter or prevent a change in
control of the Company, may discourage bids for the Company's Common Stock at  a
premium  over the market price of the  Common Stock and may adversely affect the
market price of, and the voting and  other rights of the holders of, the  Common
Stock. The Company currently has no plans to issue any Preferred Stock.
 
STOCK DIVIDEND; AMENDMENTS TO RESTATED ARTICLES OF INCORPORATION
 
     On  June  28,  1996, the  Company's  Board  of Directors  approved  a stock
dividend in  the amount  of 4.86  shares for  every one  share of  Common  Stock
outstanding,  thereby giving effect to a 5.86-to-1  stock split to be payable on
or before the closing of the Offering.  The payment of such dividend is  subject
to approval by the Company's Board of Directors and shareholders of the Restated
Articles  of  Incorporation to  increase the  number  of authorized  shares. The
information in this Prospectus assumes that such dividend has been paid and such
amendments have been made.
 
WARRANT
 
     On June 30,  1996, there  was one  warrant outstanding  to purchase  41,020
shares of Common Stock at an exercise price of $4.26 per share.
 
WASHINGTON ANTITAKEOVER STATUTE
 
     Washington  law contains  certain provisions  that may  have the  effect of
delaying or discouraging a hostile takeover of the Company. In addition, Chapter
23B.19 of the Washington Business Corporations Act prohibits a corporation, with
certain exceptions, from engaging  in certain significant business  transactions
with  an "Acquiring Entity" (defined as a person who acquires 10% or more of the
corporation's voting securities without the prior approval of the  corporation's
board  of directors)  for a  period of  five years  after such  acquisition. The
prohibited transactions include,  among others,  a merger  with, disposition  of
assets  to, or issuance or redemption of stock to or from, the Acquiring Entity,
or allowing the Acquiring Entity to receive
 
                                       53
<PAGE>   56
 
any disproportionate benefit as  a shareholder. An  Acquiring Entity is  further
prohibited  from engaging in  significant business transactions  with the target
corporation unless the per  share consideration paid  to holders of  outstanding
shares of Common Stock and other classes of stock of the target corporation meet
certain  minimum criteria.  These provisions  may have  the effect  of delaying,
deterring or preventing a change in control of the Company.
 
CERTAIN PROVISIONS IN RESTATED ARTICLES
 
     Effective with  the  first annual  meeting  of shareholders  following  the
Offering,  the Restated Articles provide for the division of the Company's Board
of Directors into three classes, as nearly equal in number as possible, each for
a three-year  term, with  one class  being elected  each year  by the  Company's
shareholders.   See  "Management  --  Directors,   Executive  Officers  and  Key
Employees." Directors may be removed  only for cause and only  by a vote of  not
less  than two-thirds of the  shares of the Company's  capital stock entitled to
vote on an election of the director whose removal is sought.
 
     The Restated Articles require that certain business combinations (including
a merger,  share  exchange  or  the sale,  lease,  exchange,  mortgage,  pledge,
transfer  or other disposition of a substantial part of the Company's assets) be
approved by the holders of not  less than two-thirds of the outstanding  shares,
unless  such  business combination  shall have  been approved  by a  majority of
Continuing Directors (defined as those individuals who were members of the Board
of Directors on July 1, 1996 or were elected thereafter on the recommendation of
a majority of  the Continuing  Directors), in  which case  the affirmative  vote
required shall be a majority of the outstanding shares.
 
     Under  the Restated Articles,  the shareholders may  call a special meeting
only upon the request of holders of at least 25% of the outstanding shares.  The
Restated  Articles  also  provide  that changes  to  certain  provisions  of the
Articles of  Incorporation,  including  those  regarding  amendment  of  certain
provisions  of  the  Bylaws  or  Restated  Articles,  the  classified  Board  of
Directors, special  voting  provisions  for business  combinations  and  special
meetings  of shareholders,  must be  approved by  the holders  of not  less than
two-thirds of the outstanding shares.
 
     It is possible  that the  provisions discussed  above may  delay, deter  or
prevent a change in control of the Company.
 
DIRECTOR AND OFFICER INDEMNIFICATION AND LIABILITY
 
     The  Restated Articles include a provision permitted by Washington law that
limits the  liability  of  the  Company's directors.  Under  the  provision,  no
director  shall  be personally  liable to  the Company  or its  shareholders for
monetary damages for conduct  as a director,  excluding, however, liability  for
acts or omissions involving intentional misconduct or knowing violations of law,
illegal  distributions or transactions from which the director receives benefits
to which  the director  is not  legally entitled.  In addition,  Washington  law
provides for broad indemnification by the Company of its officers and directors.
The  Company's Bylaws  and indemnification  agreements entered  into between the
Company and its directors implement  this indemnification to the fullest  extent
permitted  by law.  Insofar as the  indemnity for liabilities  arising under the
Securities Act may be permitted to directors or officers of the Company pursuant
to the foregoing provisions, the Company  has been informed that in the  opinion
of  the Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in
the Securities Act and is therefore unenforceable.
 
TRANSFER AGENT AND REGISTRAR
 
     The transfer agent and  registrar for the Company's  Common Stock is  First
National Bank of Boston.
 
                                       54
<PAGE>   57
 
                        SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
 
     Upon  completion of the Offering, the Company will have 7,542,304 shares of
Common Stock outstanding (7,699,804  shares if the Underwriters'  over-allotment
option  is exercised in full), assuming no exercise of outstanding options under
the Company's  benefit plan.  The shares  sold in  the Offering  will be  freely
tradable  without restriction or limitation under the Securities Act, except for
any such shares held  by "affiliates" of  the Company, as  such term is  defined
under Rule 144 of the Securities Act, which shares will be subject to the resale
limitations  under  Rule 144.  The  remaining 4,875,637  shares  are "restricted
securities" within the  meaning of  Rule 144  and were  issued and  sold by  the
Company  in private  transactions and  may be  publicly sold  only if registered
under the Securities Act or sold in accordance with an applicable exemption from
registration, such as Rule 144.  The Company, all executive officers,  directors
and  shareholders of  the Company  have agreed  with the  Representatives not to
sell, directly or indirectly, any shares owned by them for a period of 180  days
after  the date of  this Prospectus without  the prior written  consent of Smith
Barney Inc. Upon the expiration of this 180-day lock-up period (or earlier  upon
the  consent of Smith Barney Inc.),  approximately 1,170,000 of these restricted
shares (plus shares  issuable upon exercise  of then-vested outstanding  options
and  warrants) will become eligible for sale subject to the restrictions of Rule
144, none of which will be freely tradable in reliance on Rule 144(k). In  March
1997, approximately an additional 458,000 restricted shares will become eligible
for  sale subject to the restrictions of Rule 144. In addition, approximately an
additional  715,000  shares  are  subject  to  an  option  granted  by   certain
shareholders  of the Company to Douglas B. Hauff and have been placed in escrow.
See "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results  of
Operations  -- General."  If this escrow  arrangement were to  terminate for any
reason, these shares would become eligible for sale beginning in March 1997.  If
Mr. Hauff should exercise this option, approximately 80,000 of such shares would
be eligible for sale beginning in March 1997.
 
     In  general, under Rule 144,  as currently in effect,  a person (or persons
whose shares are aggregated) who has beneficially owned shares for at least  two
years,  including an affiliate of the Company, would be entitled to sell, within
any three-month period, that number of  shares that does not exceed the  greater
of  1%  of the  then outstanding  shares of  Common Stock  (approximately 75,400
shares) and the  average weekly trading  volume in the  Common Stock during  the
four  calendar weeks immediately preceding the date  on which the notice of sale
is filed  with  the Commission,  provided  certain  manner of  sale  and  notice
requirements   and  requirements  as  to  the  availability  of  current  public
information about  the Company  are satisfied.  In addition,  affiliates of  the
Company  must comply with  the restrictions and requirements  of Rule 144, other
than the two-year holding period requirement, in order to sell shares of  Common
Stock.  As defined  in Rule  144, an "affiliate"  of an  issuer is  a person who
directly or indirectly through the use  of one or more intermediaries  controls,
or  is controlled by, or  is under common control  with, such issuer. Under Rule
144(k), a holder of  "restricted securities" who is  not deemed an affiliate  of
the  issuer and who has beneficially owned shares for at least three years would
be entitled to sell shares under  Rule 144(k) without regard to the  limitations
described above.
 
   
     The  Company intends to file a  registration statement under the Securities
Act following the date of this Prospectus to register the future issuance of  up
to  879,000 shares of Common Stock under  the 1995 Plan. Shares issued under the
1995 Plan after the effective date of such registration statement will be freely
tradable in  the  open  market,  subject to  the  lock-up  agreements  with  the
Representatives  described above  and, in  the case  of sales  by affiliates, to
certain requirements of Rule 144. As  of September 1, 1996, options to  purchase
approximately   107,000  shares  of  Common  Stock  will  be  vested,  of  which
approximately 43,000 such shares will be  subject to the 180-day lock-up  period
described  above. See  "Management -- Benefit  Plan." In addition,  a warrant to
purchase 41,020 shares of Common Stock  is currently outstanding and subject  to
the lock-up agreement described above.
    
 
     The  Company is unable to estimate the number of shares that may be sold in
the future by its  existing shareholders or  the effect, if  any, that sales  of
shares  by such shareholders will  have on the market  price of the Common Stock
prevailing from time to time. Sales  of substantial amounts of Common Stock,  or
the  prospect of  such sales,  could adversely  affect the  market price  of the
Common Stock.
 
                                       55
<PAGE>   58
 
                                  UNDERWRITING
 
     Upon the terms and subject to the conditions contained in the  Underwriting
Agreement  dated the  date hereof,  each Underwriter  named below  has severally
agreed to purchase, and the Company and the Selling Shareholders have agreed  to
sell  to  such Underwriter,  the  number of  shares  of Common  Stock  set forth
opposite the name of such Underwriter.
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                  NUMBER OF
                                                                                  SHARES OF
                                     NAME                                        COMMON STOCK
- -------------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<S>                                                                              <C>
Smith Barney Inc...............................................................
Robertson, Stephens & Company LLC..............................................
 
                                                                                   ---------
          Total................................................................    2,666,667
    
                                                                                   =========
</TABLE>
 
     The Underwriting Agreement  provides that  the obligations  of the  several
Underwriters  to  pay for  and  accept delivery  of  the shares  are  subject to
approval of certain legal  matters by counsel and  to certain other  conditions.
The  Underwriters are obligated to  take and pay for  all shares of Common Stock
offered hereby (other than those covered by the over-allotment option  described
below) if any such shares are taken.
   
     The  Underwriters, for  whom Smith  Barney Inc.  and Robertson,  Stephens &
Company LLC are acting as Representatives,  propose to offer part of the  shares
directly  to the public  at the initial  public offering price  set forth on the
cover page of this  Prospectus and part  of the shares to  certain dealers at  a
price  that represents a concession not in excess of $           per share under
the initial public offering price. The Underwriters may allow, and such  dealers
may reallow, a concession not in excess of $          per share to certain other
dealers.  The Representatives of the Underwriters  have advised the Company that
the Underwriters do not intend to confirm  any sales to any accounts over  which
they exercise discretionary authority.
    
     The  Company and the Selling Shareholders  have granted the Underwriters an
option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this Prospectus, to purchase up
to 400,000 additional  shares of  Common Stock  at the  initial public  offering
price  set forth on  the cover page  of this Prospectus,  minus the underwriting
discounts and commissions. The Underwriters may exercise such option solely  for
the  purpose  of  covering  over-allotments,  if  any,  in  connection  with the
Offering. To  the extent  such option  is exercised,  each Underwriter  will  be
obligated,  subject to  certain conditions,  to purchase  approximately the same
percentage of such additional shares as the number of shares set forth  opposite
each Underwriter's name above bears to the total number of shares listed above.
 
     The  Company, as well as its  executive officers and directors, the Selling
Shareholders and all other shareholders of  the Company have agreed that, for  a
period  of 180 days from the date of this Prospectus, they will not, without the
prior written consent  of Smith Barney  Inc., offer, sell,  contract to sell  or
otherwise  dispose of any  shares of Common Stock  or any securities convertible
into, or  exercisable  or  exchangeable  for, Common  Stock,  other  than  in  a
transaction  in which the transferee  pays no value and  agrees to be subject to
the same restrictions on transfer.
 
     Prior to the Offering, there  has not been a  public market for the  Common
Stock.  Consequently, the initial public offering  price for the shares included
in the  Offering will  be  determined by  negotiations  among the  Company,  the
Selling  Shareholders and the  Representatives. Among the  factors considered in
determining such price will  be the history of  and prospects for the  Company's
business  and the industry in which it  competes, an assessment of the Company's
management and the  present state  of the Company's  development, the  Company's
past  and  present  revenues  and  earnings, the  prospects  for  growth  of the
Company's revenues and earnings, the current  state of the U.S. economy and  the
current level of economic activity in the industry
 
                                       56
<PAGE>   59
 
in  which  the Company  competes and  in related  or comparable  industries, and
currently prevailing  conditions in  the securities  markets, including  current
valuations of publicly traded companies which are comparable to the Company.
 
     The  Company, the Selling Shareholders and  the Underwriters have agreed to
indemnify each other  against certain liabilities,  including liabilities  under
the Securities Act.
 
                                 LEGAL MATTERS
 
     Certain  legal matters  will be passed  on for  the Company and  one of the
Selling Shareholders by Perkins Coie, Seattle, Washington. Certain legal matters
will be passed  on for the  Underwriters by Heller,  Ehrman, White &  McAuliffe,
Seattle,  Washington. Certain  legal matters  will be passed  on for  one of the
Selling Shareholders by Bogle & Gates P.L.L.C.
 
                                    EXPERTS
 
     The consolidated financial  statements of Gargoyles,  Inc. at November  30,
1994  and December 31, 1995  and for each of the  years ended November 30, 1993,
November 30, 1994 and December  31, 1995, and the  one month ended December  31,
1994  appearing  in this  Prospectus and  the  Registration Statement  have been
audited by Ernst & Young LLP, independent auditors, as set forth in their report
thereon appearing  elsewhere herein,  and  are included  in reliance  upon  such
report  given  upon the  authority of  such  firm as  experts in  accounting and
auditing.
 
     Effective July 13, 1995, the Company's Board of Directors retained Ernst  &
Young  LLP  as  the  independent  accountants for  the  Company.  There  were no
disagreements with McClinton, Workman &  Associates, P.S., the Company's  former
independent accountants, regarding accounting principles or practices, financial
statement  disclosure, or auditing  scope or procedure.  The former accountants'
reports for the fiscal years ended November 30, 1991, 1992, 1993 and 1994, which
reports are  not  included herein,  did  not contain  an  adverse opinion  or  a
disclaimer  of an  opinion or qualifications  as to uncertainty,  audit scope or
accounting principles. Prior to retaining Ernst & Young LLP, the Company had not
consulted with  Ernst  &  Young  LLP regarding  the  application  of  accounting
principles,  the type of audit  opinion that might be  rendered on the Company's
consolidated financial statements,  or any  event that was  either a  reportable
event or the subject of a disagreement.
 
                             ADDITIONAL INFORMATION
 
     The  Company has filed with the Commission a Registration Statement on Form
S-1 under the  Securities Act with  respect to the  Common Stock offered  hereby
(the  "Registration Statement"). This Prospectus,  which constitutes part of the
Registration Statement, omits certain information contained in the  Registration
Statement  and the exhibits thereto on file  with the Commission pursuant to the
Securities Act and the rules and  regulations of the Commission thereunder.  The
Registration  Statement, including  the exhibits  thereto, may  be inspected and
copied at the public  reference facilities maintained by  the Commission at  450
Fifth  Street, N.W., Room 1024, Washington,  D.C. 20549, and at the Commission's
Regional Offices at 7 World Trade Center, Suite 1300, New York, New York  10048,
and 500 West Madison Street, Suite 1400, Chicago, Illinois 60661, and copies may
be  obtained at the  prescribed rates from  the Public Reference  Section of the
Commission at its principal office in Washington, D.C.
 
     Statements contained in this Prospectus as to the contents of any contract,
agreement or other  document referred to  are not necessarily  complete, and  in
each instance reference is made to the copy of such contract, agreement or other
document  filed as an exhibit to the Registration Statement, each such statement
being qualified in all respects by such reference.
 
     The Company  intends  to  furnish  its  shareholders  with  annual  reports
containing  audited  consolidated financial  statements  and an  opinion thereon
expressed  by  independent  auditors  and  may  furnish  its  shareholders  with
quarterly  reports for the  first three quarters of  each fiscal year containing
unaudited summary financial information.
 
                                       57
<PAGE>   60
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                         INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
 
<TABLE>
<S>                                                                                     <C>
Gargoyles, Inc. Consolidated Financial Statements
  Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...................................  F-2
  Consolidated Balance Sheets.........................................................  F-3
  Consolidated Statements of Operations...............................................  F-4
  Consolidated Statements of Shareholders' Equity.....................................  F-5
  Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows...............................................  F-6
  Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements..........................................  F-7
H.S.I. d/b/a Hobie Sunglasses
  Report of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Auditors...................................  F-17
  Balance Sheets......................................................................  F-18
  Statements of Operations and Retained Earnings......................................  F-19
  Statements of Cash Flows............................................................  F-20
  Notes to Financial Statements.......................................................  F-21
</TABLE>
 
                                       F-1
<PAGE>   61
 
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Gargoyles, Inc.
 
     We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Gargoyles,
Inc. as of November 30, 1994 and December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated
statements of operations, shareholders' equity, and cash flows for the years
ended November 30, 1993 and 1994, the one month ended December 31, 1994, and the
year ended December 31, 1995. These financial statements are the responsibility
of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on
these financial statements based on our audits.
 
     We conducted our audits in accordance with generally accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes
assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in all material respects, the consolidated financial position of Gargoyles, Inc.
at November 30, 1994 and December 31, 1995, and the related consolidated results
of its operations and its cash flows for the years ended November 30, 1993 and
1994, the one month ended December 31, 1994, and the year ended December 31,
1995, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
June 14, 1996, except for the second
  paragraph of Note 13,
  as to which the date is             , 1996
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     The foregoing report is in the form that will be signed upon the completion
of the stock dividend described in Note 13 to the consolidated financial
statements.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
   
July 19, 1996
    
 
                                       F-2
<PAGE>   62
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                          CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                                        JUNE 30,
                                                                                          1996
                                                    NOVEMBER 30,     DECEMBER 31,     ------------
                                                        1994             1995
                                                    ------------     ------------     (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                 <C>              <C>              <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents.......................   $    2,282      $        900     $     23,380
  Trade receivables, less allowances for doubtful
     accounts of $10,000, $10,355 and $78,833.....    2,231,539         2,514,489        7,770,473
  Inventories.....................................    2,613,084         5,473,692        6,448,505
  Trade credits...................................      305,015           497,587          491,228
  Other current assets and prepaid expenses.......      249,420           732,984        1,594,780
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Total current assets..............................    5,401,340         9,219,652       16,328,366
Receivable from affiliate.........................      418,845                --               --
Property and equipment, net.......................      853,225         1,900,603        2,165,626
Intangibles.......................................           --                --        2,748,124
Other assets......................................           --           145,979          216,251
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Total assets......................................   $6,673,410      $ 11,266,234     $ 21,458,367
                                                    ============     =============    =============
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Note payable to bank under revolving line of
     credit.......................................   $2,067,841      $  5,412,916     $  7,536,058
  Note payable to bank............................           --                --        5,000,000
  Accounts payable................................    2,908,204         3,572,739        3,299,104
  Accrued expenses and other current
     liabilities..................................      432,255         1,577,048        4,092,761
  Current maturities of long-term debt............      138,900         1,349,333        1,412,717
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Total current liabilities.........................    5,547,200        11,912,036       21,340,640
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Deferred license income...........................           --           540,000          450,000
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Long-term debt....................................      350,593         6,017,812        5,828,096
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Commitments and contingencies
Shareholders' equity:
  Preferred stock, no par value...................           --                --               --
  Common stock, no par value......................          572         5,788,070        9,302,250
  Repurchased shares..............................           --       (10,895,500)     (10,895,500)
  Retained earnings (deficit).....................      775,045        (1,946,184)      (4,567,119)
  Deferred compensation...........................           --          (150,000)              --
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Total shareholders' equity........................      775,617        (7,203,614)      (6,160,369)
                                                    ------------     -------------    -------------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity........   $6,673,410      $ 11,266,234     $ 21,458,367
                                                    ============     =============    =============
    
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-3
<PAGE>   63
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                     YEAR ENDED              ONE MONTH       YEAR ENDED        SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                    NOVEMBER 30,               ENDED          DECEMBER             JUNE 30,
                              ------------------------     DECEMBER 31,          31,       ------------------------
                                 1993         1994             1994             1995          1995         1996
                              ----------   -----------   -----------------   -----------   ----------   -----------
                                                                                                 (UNAUDITED)
<S>                           <C>          <C>           <C>                 <C>           <C>          <C>
Net sales...................  $8,242,051   $11,082,986      $   574,831      $17,137,902   $9,123,832   $17,626,816
Cost of sales...............   3,243,525     4,265,002          237,785        6,526,804    3,473,734     7,386,185
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Gross profit................   4,998,526     6,817,984          337,046       10,611,098    5,650,098    10,240,631
License income..............          --            --               --          480,000      290,000       293,609
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
                               4,998,526     6,817,984          337,046       11,091,098    5,940,098    10,534,240
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing.......   2,210,271     3,041,008          208,849        5,354,241    2,800,660     4,985,350
  General and
     administrative.........   1,452,815     2,558,002          235,639        3,029,638    1,334,906     2,077,552
  Shipping and
     warehousing............     436,329       607,058           42,619        1,030,070      428,477     1,070,638
  Research and
     development............     214,676       127,226            6,639          305,592      128,442       332,658
  Loss on discontinued
     distribution
     agreement..............          --            --               --          311,917           --            --
  Stock compensation........          --            --               --          250,000      155,000     3,528,140
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Total operating expenses....   4,314,091     6,333,294          493,746       10,281,458    4,847,485    11,994,338
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Income (loss) from
  operations................     684,435       484,690         (156,700)         809,640    1,092,613    (1,460,098)
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense, net.....     (55,140)     (175,486)         (20,975)      (1,042,523)    (390,930)   (1,161,119)
  Recapitalization
     expenses...............          --            --               --         (573,710)    (573,710)           --
  Provision for loss on
     affiliate..............          --            --               --       (1,597,051)          --            --
  Other.....................       2,423           158            1,194            6,829        5,385           282
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Total other income
  (expense).................     (52,717)     (175,328)         (19,781)      (3,206,455)    (959,255)   (1,160,837)
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Income (loss) before income
  taxes.....................     631,718       309,362         (176,481)      (2,396,815)     133,358    (2,620,935)
Income tax provision
  (benefit).................      40,000        10,500          (65,000)        (100,000)       5,000            --
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
Net income (loss)...........  $  591,718   $   298,862      $  (111,481)     $(2,296,815)  $  128,358   $(2,620,935)
                              ==========   ===========        =========      ===========   ==========    ==========
Pro forma data (unaudited):
  Historical income (loss)
     before income tax
     provision (benefit)....  $  631,718   $   309,362      $  (176,481)     $(2,396,815)  $  133,358   $(2,620,935)
  Pro forma income tax
     provision (benefit)....     216,400       130,800          (59,300)         (54,300)      50,700            --
                              ----------   -----------        ---------      -----------   ----------    ----------
  Pro forma net income
     (loss).................  $  415,318   $   178,562      $  (117,181)     $(2,342,515)  $   82,658   $(2,620,935)
                              ==========   ===========        =========      ===========   ==========    ==========
  Pro forma net income
     (loss) per share.......  $     0.07   $      0.03      $     (0.02)     $     (0.38)  $     0.01   $     (0.43)
                              ==========   ===========        =========      ===========   ==========    ==========
  Weighted average common
     shares used in the
     calculation of pro
     forma net income (loss)
     per share..............   6,138,260     6,138,260        6,138,260        6,138,260    6,138,260     6,141,836
                              ==========   ===========        =========      ===========   ==========    ==========
    
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-4
<PAGE>   64
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                         COMMON STOCK                         RETAINED
                                    -----------------------   REPURCHASED     EARNINGS       DEFERRED
                                      SHARES       AMOUNT        STOCK        (DEFICIT)    COMPENSATION      TOTAL
                                    ----------   ----------   ------------   -----------   ------------   ------------
<S>                                 <C>          <C>          <C>            <C>           <C>            <C>
Balance at November 30, 1992......   5,860,000   $      572   $         --   $ 1,095,965   $        --    $  1,096,537
  Net income for the year ended
    November 30, 1993.............          --           --             --       591,718            --         591,718
  Distributions to former majority
    shareholder...................          --           --             --      (587,000)           --        (587,000)
                                    -----------  ----------   ------------   -----------     ---------    ------------
Balance at November 30, 1993......   5,860,000          572              0     1,100,683             0       1,101,255
  Net income for the year ended
    November 30, 1994.............          --           --             --       298,862            --         298,862
  Distributions to former majority
    shareholder...................          --           --             --      (624,500)           --        (624,500)
                                    -----------  ----------   ------------   -----------     ---------    ------------
Balance at November 30, 1994......   5,860,000          572              0       775,045             0         775,617
  Net loss for the month ended
    December 31, 1994.............          --           --             --      (111,481)           --        (111,481)
  Distributions to former majority
    shareholder...................          --           --             --       (51,786)           --         (51,786)
                                    -----------  ----------   ------------   -----------     ---------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1994......   5,860,000          572              0       611,778             0         612,350
  Stock redemption from former
    majority shareholder..........  (3,516,000)          --    (10,895,500)           --            --     (10,895,500)
  Stock issued for cash...........   3,516,003    5,387,498             --            --                     5,387,498
  Deferred compensation related to
    amendment of stock options....          --      400,000             --            --      (400,000 )             0
  Stock compensation..............          --           --             --            --       250,000         250,000
  Distributions to former majority
    shareholder...................          --           --             --      (261,147)           --        (261,147)
  Net loss for the year ended
    December 31, 1995.............          --           --             --    (2,296,815)           --      (2,296,815)
                                    -----------  ----------   ------------   -----------     ---------    ------------
Balance at December 31, 1995......   5,860,003    5,788,070    (10,895,500)   (1,946,184)     (150,000 )    (7,203,614)
  Sale of warrant (unaudited).....          --       56,000             --            --            --          56,000
  Stock issued in connection with
    acquisition (unaudited).......      15,634       80,040             --            --            --          80,040
  Deferred compensation related to
    amendment of stock options
    (unaudited)...................          --    3,378,140             --            --    (3,378,140 )            --
  Stock compensation
    (unaudited)...................          --           --             --            --     3,528,140       3,528,140
  Net loss for the six months
    ended June 30, 1996
    (unaudited)...................          --           --             --    (2,620,935)           --      (2,620,935)
                                    -----------  ----------   ------------   -----------     ---------    ------------
Balance at June 30, 1996
  (unaudited).....................   5,875,637   $9,302,250   $(10,895,500)  $(4,567,119)  $        --    $ (6,160,369)
                                    ===========  ==========   ============   ===========     =========    ============
Authorized shares.................  40,000,000
                                    ===========
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-5
<PAGE>   65
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                     CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                           YEAR ENDED          ONE MONTH                         SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                          NOVEMBER 30,           ENDED        YEAR ENDED             JUNE 30,
                                     ----------------------   DECEMBER 31,   DECEMBER 31,   --------------------------
                                       1993         1994          1994           1995           1995          1996
                                     ---------   ----------   ------------   ------------   ------------   -----------
                                                                                                   (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                  <C>         <C>          <C>            <C>            <C>            <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss)................... $ 591,718   $  298,862    $ (111,481)   $ (2,296,815)  $    128,358   $(2,620,935)
Adjustments to reconcile net income
  (loss) to net cash provided by
  (used in) operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization.....    49,876      127,827         7,266         234,054         76,335       265,652
  Stock compensation................        --           --            --         250,000        155,000     3,528,140
  Deferred license income...........        --           --            --         540,000        630,000       (90,000)
  Changes in assets and liabilities
    net of effects from purchase of
    Hobie:
    Accounts receivable.............  (525,180)    (795,403)      163,486        (446,436)    (1,732,919)   (4,961,364)
    Inventories.....................  (328,541)  (1,288,041)      (10,219)     (2,850,389)      (326,075)      123,531
    Other current assets and other
      assets........................   (73,207)    (458,655)      (41,364)       (780,751)      (934,370)     (773,193)
    Accounts payable, accrued
      expenses and other current
      liabilities...................   592,831    1,728,069      (469,565)      2,278,893        445,949     1,871,189
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
  operating activities..............   307,497     (387,341)     (461,877)     (3,071,444)    (1,557,722)   (2,656,980)
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
INVESTING ACTIVITIES
Acquisition of property and
  equipment.........................  (157,198)    (659,020)      (19,097)     (1,269,601)      (424,634)     (398,450)
Purchase of Hobie...................        --           --            --              --             --    (3,974,900)
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Net cash used in investing
  activities........................  (157,198)    (659,020)      (19,097)     (1,269,601)      (424,634)   (4,373,350)
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds from revolving line of
  credit............................   664,534    1,256,801       598,631       2,746,444      1,091,107     2,123,142
Proceeds from issuance of note
  payable to bank and long-term
  debt..............................   162,876      371,339            --       7,283,100      6,610,000     5,260,000
Principal payments on long-term
  debt..............................   (71,541)    (133,036)      (15,074)       (390,374)       (80,390)     (386,332)
Payments for stock repurchase.......        --           --            --      (6,405,920)    (6,405,920)           --
Proceeds from stock issuance........        --           --            --         897,918        897,918            --
Proceeds from warrant issuance......        --           --            --              --             --        56,000
Distributions to shareholder........  (587,000)    (624,500)      (51,786)       (261,147)      (261,147)           --
Net (payments) proceeds on affiliate
  accounts..........................  (563,988)     170,069       (45,049)        463,894        123,548            --
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Net cash provided by (used in)
  financing activities..............  (395,119)   1,040,673       486,722       4,333,915      1,975,116     7,052,810
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and
  cash equivalents..................  (244,820)      (5,688)        5,748          (7,130)        (7,240)       22,480
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning
  of period.........................   252,790        7,970         2,282           8,030          8,030           900
                                     ---------   ----------     ---------    ------------   ------------   ------------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of
  period............................ $   7,970   $    2,282    $    8,030    $        900   $        790   $    23,380
    
                                     =========   ==========     =========    ============   ============   ============
</TABLE>

 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                       F-6
<PAGE>   66
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
                   NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
   
            (INFORMATION AS OF JUNE 30, 1996 AND FOR THE SIX MONTHS
    
   
                   ENDED JUNE 30, 1995 AND 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
    
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principal Industry
 
     Gargoyles, Inc. ("Gargoyles" or the "Company") designs, manufactures and
markets a broad line of technology-based performance and lifestyle-oriented
sunglasses. The Company's products are mainly sold through sunglass specialty,
sporting goods, department and optical stores. The Company subcontracts certain
of its manufacturing processes. Management believes there are adequate
alternative sources for these services should an existing subcontractor be
unable to perform. Its headquarters and main warehouse are located in Kent,
Washington.
 
   
  Principles of Consolidation
    
 
   
     The consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company
and its majority-owned subsidiaries. All significant intercompany balances have
been eliminated in consolidation. Related minority interests are not material.
    
 
  Fiscal Year
 
     In 1995, the Company changed its reporting period from a fiscal year ending
November 30 to a calendar year. Accordingly, results of operations for the one
month ended December 31, 1994 are separately presented herein.
 
  Interim Financial Information
 
   
     The financial information at June 30, 1996 and for the six months ended
June 30, 1995 and 1996 is unaudited, but includes all adjustments (consisting
only of normal recurring adjustments) that the Company considers necessary for a
fair presentation of the financial position at such date and the operating
results and cash flows for those periods. The Company's net sales are subject to
seasonal variations. Accordingly, operating results for the June 30, 1996 period
are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the
entire year.
    
 
  Recapitalization
 
     In connection with a change in control of the Company, on March 22, 1995,
the Company sold 3,516,003 shares to a group of new investors, including certain
members of the Company's senior management. Proceeds from the sale were
$5,387,498. On the same date, 3,516,000 previously issued and outstanding shares
were repurchased by the Company from the former majority shareholder for
$10,895,500. The redemption was funded with the proceeds from the stock issuance
and bank financing of $6,000,000. Proceeds in excess of redemption requirements
provided additional working capital. In connection with this recapitalization,
the Company recorded a charge of $573,710 relating primarily to severance, legal
and other costs.
 
     In connection with the recapitalization of Gargoyles, Antone Manufacturing,
Inc. ("Antone") was merged into Gargoyles. Antone was wholly owned by the former
majority owner of Gargoyles. Antone provided assembly operations for Gargoyles.
The merger has been accounted for as a pooling of interests due to common
ownership, and financial statements for all periods prior to the
recapitalization have been restated to reflect the pooling.
 
                                       F-7
<PAGE>   67
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     The   Company  considers  all  highly   liquid  investments  with  original
maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Revenue is  recognized  when merchandise  is  shipped to  a  customer.  The
Company records sales net of volume and cash discounts.
 
  Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of cost (first-in, first-out method) or
market.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
     Property  and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation
and  amortization.  Significant  additions  and  improvements  are  capitalized.
Maintenance  and  repairs are  expensed as  incurred.  The Company  provides for
depreciation and amortization  using the straight-line  method which  recognizes
the  cost over  the estimated useful  lives of  the respective assets  or, as to
leasehold improvements,  the  term  of  the related  lease,  if  less  than  the
estimated useful life.
 
  Advertising Expense
 
   
     The  cost  of advertising  is expensed  as  incurred. The  Company incurred
$264,330, $407,422, $258,419 and $276,922 in advertising costs during the  years
ended  November 30, 1993 and 1994 and December 31, 1995 and the six months ended
June 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The Company accounts for income  taxes under the liability method,  whereby
deferred  taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the financial
reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. These
deferred tax  assets  and  liabilities  are measured  under  the  provisions  of
currently enacted tax laws.
 
     Prior to the recapitalization in March 1995, Antone had elected to be taxed
as  an  S  corporation  under  the  provisions  of  the  Internal  Revenue Code.
Accordingly, Antone's  taxable  income  included in  the  financial  statements,
through  the date of the recapitalization, is  treated as if it were distributed
to the shareholder, who was responsible for payment of taxes thereon.
 
  Pro Forma Data
 
     Pro forma income  tax provision  (benefit) and  net income  (loss) data  is
included  to present the results of operations  as if Antone's earnings had been
taxed as a C  corporation rather than an  S corporation. The difference  between
the  pro forma  income tax rate  and the  federal statutory rate  of 34% relates
primarily to  net operating  loss carryforwards  and other  deferred tax  assets
which  have been  reserved due  to the uncertainty  of the  Company's ability to
recover such amounts.
 
     Pro forma net  income (loss) per  share is computed  based on the  weighted
average  number of  common and  common equivalent  shares outstanding  using the
treasury stock method. In accordance with the Securities and Exchange Commission
requirements, common and  common equivalent  shares issued  during the  12-month
period  prior to  the filing of  the Company's proposed  initial public offering
have been  included in  the calculation  as  if they  were outstanding  for  all
periods  presented using the treasury stock method and an assumed initial public
offering price of $15 per share.
 
                                       F-8
<PAGE>   68
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  License Agreement
 
     During the first quarter of 1995, the Company entered into an agreement  to
license  the name "Gargoyles"  for use on  certain nonsunglass products, whereby
the Company, as licensor, receives quarterly cash payments based on a portion of
the licensee's income from the sale of certain products.
 
     The Company  received a  payment  of $1,000,000  at  the inception  of  the
agreement.  After deducting expenses associated  with the license agreement, the
$720,000 balance was recorded as deferred license income and is being  amortized
over the four-year estimated term of the license agreement.
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk and Financial Instruments
 
   
     The  Company sells its products to  local and national companies throughout
the United States. Net sales to the Company's largest customer represented  34%,
34%, 33% and 37% of net sales for the years ended November 30, 1993 and 1994 and
December  31, 1995  and the  six months ended  June 30,  1996, respectively. The
Company performs ongoing credit evaluations of its customers and generally  does
not require collateral. The Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts
at  a level  which management believes  is sufficient to  cover potential credit
losses.
    
   
     The  carrying  value   of  financial  instruments,   which  include   cash,
receivables,  payables and debt, approximates market  value at December 31, 1995
and June 30, 1996.
    
 
  Stock-Based Compensation
 
     In October 1995, the Financial  Accounting Standards Board ("FASB")  issued
Statement of Financial Accounting Standards No. 123, "Accounting for Stock-Based
Compensation."  Statement No. 123 is effective  for fiscal years beginning after
December 15, 1995. Under Statement No. 123, stock-based compensation expense  is
measured  using either the  intrinsic value method,  as prescribed by Accounting
Principles Board Opinion No. 25, or the fair value method described in Statement
No. 123.  Companies choosing  the intrinsic  value method  will be  required  to
disclose  the  pro forma  impact  of the  fair value  method  on net  income and
earnings per share. The Company implemented Statement No. 123 in 1996 using  the
intrinsic  value method. Accordingly,  the adoption of Statement  No. 123 had no
impact on the Company's financial statements.
 
  Impairment of Long-Lived Assets
 
     In March 1995, the FASB issued  Statement No. 121 regarding accounting  for
the  impairment of long-lived  assets. The Company adopted  Statement No. 121 in
1995. The  effect  of the  adoption  had no  material  impact on  the  Company's
financial condition or results of operations.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect  the amounts reported  in the  financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
                                       F-9
<PAGE>   69
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
2.  INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                    NOVEMBER 30,     DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                        1994             1995            1996
                                                    ------------     ------------     ----------
    <S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>
    Raw materials.................................   $1,327,453       $4,804,323      $4,729,319
    Finished goods................................    1,285,631          669,369       1,719,186
                                                    ------------     ------------     ------------
                                                     $2,613,084       $5,473,692      $6,448,505
                                                    ============     ============     ============
    
</TABLE>
 
3.  OTHER CURRENT ASSETS AND PREPAID EXPENSES
 
     Other current assets and prepaid expenses consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                    NOVEMBER 30,     DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                        1994             1995            1996
                                                    ------------     ------------     ----------
    <S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>
    Income tax refund receivable..................    $     --         $191,742       $  191,742
    Receivable on discontinued distribution
      agreement...................................          --          126,913               --
    Other receivables.............................     119,454          188,640          293,118
    Prepaid expenses..............................      73,592          117,332          840,280
    Deposits......................................          --           56,466           81,716
    Other.........................................      56,374           51,891          187,924
                                                    -----------      ---------- -     ------------
                                                      $249,420         $732,984       $1,594,780
                                                    ===========      ===========      ============
    
</TABLE>
 
4.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                    NOVEMBER 30,     DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                        1994             1995            1996
                                                    ------------     ------------     ----------
    <S>                                             <C>              <C>              <C>
    Molds and production equipment................   $  442,023       $1,037,936      $1,343,082
    Office furniture and equipment................      549,317        1,024,908       1,235,711
    Exhibit and marketing equipment...............      118,017          308,418         333,540
    Transportation equipment......................       76,537           24,718          24,718
    Leasehold improvements........................      143,092          179,570         210,575
                                                     ----------       ----------      ----------
                                                      1,328,986        2,575,550       3,147,626
    Less accumulated depreciation and
      amortization................................     (475,761)        (674,947)       (982,000)
                                                     ----------       ----------      ----------
    Furniture and equipment, net..................   $  853,225       $1,900,603      $2,165,626
                                                     ==========       ==========      ==========
    
</TABLE>
 
5.  DEBT
 
     Gargoyles has a revolving line of credit with a bank which matures on March
22, 1997. At December 31, 1995, the Company could borrow up to the lesser of 80%
of eligible accounts receivable and  50% of eligible inventories or  $6,000,000.
Effective  February 13, 1996, the limit on  borrowings under this line of credit
was increased to $10,000,000. Borrowings under the line of credit bear  interest
at the bank's prime rate plus 1% per annum (9.50% at December 31, 1995), payable
monthly.  Amounts borrowed under the line of  credit are secured by all tangible
and intangible personal property of the Company.
 
                                      F-10
<PAGE>   70
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Long-term debt consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                      NOVEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,    JUNE 30,
                                                          1994           1995          1996
                                                      ------------   ------------   -----------
    <S>                                               <C>            <C>            <C>
    Note payable to bank, bearing interest at prime
      rate plus 1.5% (10% at December 31, 1995),
      interest payable monthly, principal payable
      quarterly at $230,769 through March 2002......   $       --    $  5,769,231   $ 5,538,462
    Notes payable to bank, bearing interest at prime
      rate plus 1.25%, interest payable monthly,
      principal payable quarterly through 2000,
      secured by equipment with a net book value of
      approximately $1,125,000 at December 31,
      1995..........................................           --         996,750     1,196,750
    Note payable to shareholder, bearing interest at
      10%, payable in $10,704 monthly installments
      of principal and interest through March
      1998..........................................           --         257,836       205,455
    Other notes payable at various interest rates,
      secured by equipment and other assets, with
      maturities through 2000.......................      489,493         343,328       300,146
                                                        ---------     -----------   -----------
    Total long-term debt............................      489,493       7,367,145     7,240,813
    Less current maturities.........................     (138,900)     (1,349,333)   (1,412,717)
                                                        ---------     -----------   -----------
    Long-term debt, less current maturities.........   $  350,593    $  6,017,812   $ 5,828,096
                                                            =========     ===========   ===========
</TABLE>
 
     Annual principal payments required on long-term debt are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                  YEAR ENDING
                                  DECEMBER 31,
                        ---------------------------------
                        <S>                                <C>
                          1996...........................  $1,349,333
                          1997...........................   1,372,725
                          1998...........................   1,248,920
                          1999...........................   1,188,321
                          2000...........................   1,053,995
                          Thereafter.....................   1,153,851
                                                           ----------
                                                           $7,367,145
                                                           ==========
</TABLE>
 
     The note payable to bank of $5,769,231 at December 31, 1995 was incurred in
connection  with  the  recapitalization  of  Gargoyles  in  March  1995  and  is
guaranteed by the majority shareholder. Included in other assets are capitalized
loan fees with a net unamortized balance of $133,935 at December 31, 1995, which
is being amortized over the life of the related loan.
 
     In  connection  with the  recapitalization of  Gargoyles  in March  1995, a
redemption note payable was incurred in the amount of $4,489,580 payable to  the
previous  majority owner. This note required interest-only payments at a rate of
7% per  annum, payable  monthly through  January  2, 1996.  The Company  had  an
offsetting  note receivable  from the current  majority shareholder  in the same
principal amount  with  the same  interest  terms.  The note  payable  and  note
receivable,  which were secured  by a letter of  credit, and associated interest
have been  offset for  financial reporting  purposes. On  January 2,  1996,  the
obligations evidenced by the note receivable and the note payable were satisfied
in full.
 
     The  credit  agreements  require,  among  other  things,  that  the Company
maintain a  minimum tangible  net worth  and working  capital and  meet  certain
ratios  relating  to debt  coverage, and  place restrictions  on the  payment of
dividends. At December 31, 1995, the Company was not in compliance with  certain
of the covenants, for which the bank has provided a waiver.
 
                                      F-11
<PAGE>   71
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
    
     In  connection with the acquisition,  Gargoyles borrowed $4,000,000 from an
existing lender. The loan bears  interest at the bank's  prime rate plus 3%  per
annum  (11.25%  at  June 30,  1996),  payable  monthly. A  principal  payment of
$700,000 is due  on September 30,  1996, with  the balance due  on December  31,
1996.  If this loan is not repaid by  December 31, 1996, the Company must pay an
additional loan fee of $5.0 million or  issue a warrant to purchase that  number
of  shares of  common stock  that would constitute  25% of  the Company's common
stock on a  fully diluted basis  at a purchase  price of $0.01  per share.  Such
warrant  would be  exercisable any  time after March  31, 1997  through June 30,
1997. The new agreement contains interest requirements and covenants similar  to
those  in existing debt agreements. The  net proceeds from this acquisition loan
in excess of the stock purchase price  were used to provide working capital  for
Gargoyles and its subsidiaries.
     
     In  February 1995, two of the Company's  officers made loans to the Company
totalling $100,000 and bearing interest at  an average rate of 9.25%. The  loans
were repaid in full with interest in March 1995.
 
     In  January  1996, the  Company  borrowed $290,000  at  12% per  annum from
officers and shareholders.  The loans were  repaid in full  with interest as  of
April 1996.
    
     The  Company made interest payments  totaling $46,975, $164,802, $1,014,565
and $901,939 during the years ended November 30, 1993 and 1994 and December  31,
1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
6.  INCOME TAXES
 
     The  difference between the income tax provision (benefit), all of which is
current, based upon  the federal statutory  income tax rate  and the income  tax
provision  (benefit) recorded in the financial statements is attributable to the
following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                              YEAR ENDED
                                                             NOVEMBER 30,         YEAR ENDED
                                                         ---------------------   DECEMBER 31,
                                                           1993        1994          1995
                                                         ---------   ---------   ------------
    <S>                                                  <C>         <C>         <C>
    Income tax provision (benefit) at federal statutory
      rate (34%).......................................  $ 215,000   $ 105,000    $ (815,000)
    Change in deferred tax valuation allowance.........         --      19,500       737,900
    Antone S corporation earnings......................   (176,400)   (120,300)      (45,700)
    Other..............................................      1,400       6,300        22,800
                                                         ---------   ---------     ---------
                                                         $  40,000   $  10,500    $ (100,000)
                                                         =========   =========     =========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-12
<PAGE>   72
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Deferred income taxes reflect the net tax effects of temporary  differences
between the bases of assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and
the  bases used  for income tax  return purposes. Significant  components of the
Company's deferred tax liabilities and assets are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                   NOVEMBER 30,   DECEMBER 31,
                                                                       1994           1995
                                                                   ------------   ------------
    <S>                                                            <C>            <C>
    Deferred tax liabilities:
      Tax over book depreciation.................................   $  (28,800)    $  (54,300)
                                                                     ---------      ---------
    Deferred tax assets:
      Deferred license income....................................           --        251,000
      Accrued liabilities of affiliate...........................           --        225,100
      Deferred compensation......................................                     151,300
                                                                           ---
      Net operating loss carryforwards...........................           --        112,200
      Sales return allowance.....................................       47,600         71,400
      Inventory valuation allowance..............................       34,000         34,000
      Warranty reserves..........................................       34,000         34,000
      Accrued vacation...........................................       16,000         16,000
                                                                     ---------      ---------
    Total deferred tax assets....................................      131,600        895,000
                                                                     ---------      ---------
    Net deferred taxes...........................................   $  102,800     $  840,700
                                                                     =========      =========
    Valuation allowance..........................................   $ (102,800)    $ (840,700)
                                                                     =========      =========
</TABLE>
 
     At December 31, 1995, the Company  had net operating loss carryforwards  of
approximately $300,000. These carryforwards expire in 2010.
 
   
     The  Company made income  tax payments totaling  $44,120 and $65,122 during
the years ended November 30, 1993 and 1994, respectively. No income tax payments
were made during the year ended December 31, 1995 and the six months ended  June
30, 1996.
    
 
7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     Since  1994, the Company has been  leasing its primary operating and office
premises under a noncancelable operating lease, expiring in March 2000. Terms of
this lease  include 4%  annual  rental payment  increases.  The owner  of  these
premises  is a current  shareholder and the former  majority owner of Gargoyles.
Rent expense under this lease totaled $210,000 and $214,725 for the years  ended
November 30, 1994 and December 31, 1995, respectively.
 
     Late   in  1995,  the  Company  leased  additional  office  space  under  a
noncancelable operating lease,  expiring in  October 1997. Terms  of this  lease
include monthly rental payments of $3,066.
 
     Minimum  future lease payments  under noncancelable operating  leases as of
December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   YEAR ENDING
                                  DECEMBER 31,
                -------------------------------------------------
                <S>                                                <C>
                  1996...........................................  $  259,585
                  1997...........................................     262,362
                  1998...........................................     240,972
                  1999...........................................     250,611
                  2000...........................................      63,261
                                                                   -----------
                                                                   $1,076,791
                                                                   ===========
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-13
<PAGE>   73
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     The Company  enters  into endorsement  contracts  from time  to  time  with
certain  athletes and others  to promote the  Company's products. Minimum annual
payments under these agreements are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                   YEAR ENDING
                                   DECEMBER 31,
                --------------------------------------------------
                <S>                                                 <C>
                  1996............................................  $178,500
                  1997............................................   138,500
                  1998............................................   113,500
                                                                      ------
                                                                    $430,500
                                                                      ======
</TABLE>
 
     The Company is currently involved in litigation incidental to the Company's
business. In  the  opinion  of  management,  the  ultimate  resolution  of  such
litigation  will not  have a  significant effect  on the  accompanying financial
statements.
 
8.  EMPLOYEE BENEFIT PLAN
    
     In March  1995,  the Company  introduced  a  401(k) savings  plan  for  all
full-time  employees  age 21  or older  with  one year  of service.  The maximum
employee contribution  is 15%  of the  participant's compensation.  The  Company
matches 50% of each dollar contributed by a participant, with a maximum matching
contribution  of 3% of a participant's  earnings. The Company's contributions to
the plan vest over six years and totaled $37,949 and $34,159 for the year  ended
December 31, 1995 and the six months ended June 30, 1996, respectively.
    
 
9.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The Company has 10,000,000 authorized shares of preferred stock.
 
     In  March 1995,  the Company  established the  1995 Stock  Option Plan that
provided for the granting of incentive  and nonqualified options to purchase  up
to  308,423 shares of  common stock. In  December 1995, the  Company amended the
plan to provide for the granting of options to purchase up to 570,898 shares  of
common  stock. Generally, options granted vest  over a four-year period. Certain
options require  acceleration  of  vesting if  specific  operational  goals  are
achieved.  Options under this plan have been  granted at estimated fair value on
the date of grant and expire after ten years. The plan expires in 2005.
 
     Stock option  activity and  option  price information  for the  year  ended
December 31, 1995 are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                NUMBER OF     OPTION PRICE
                                                                 SHARES        PER SHARE
                                                                ---------     ------------
    <S>                                                         <C>           <C>
    Granted...................................................   516,173      $3.24-$5.11
    Canceled..................................................   (30,835)     $      3.24
                                                                  ------
    Balance, December 31, 1995 and June 30, 1996..............   485,338      $3.24-$5.11
                                                                  ======
</TABLE>
 
     In  January 1996,  an outside  member of  the Company's  Board of Directors
purchased a warrant for $56,000. The warrant provides for the issuance of 41,020
shares of  common stock  at a  price  of $4.26  per share.  The warrant  can  be
exercised any time prior to December 2005.

    
     At  December 31,  1995, 34,175 options  were exercisable  and 85,560 shares
were available  for  future  grant.  At  June  30,  1996,  99,589  options  were
exercisable and 85,560 shares were available for future grant.

     
     Prior  to the recapitalization of the Company, the President held an option
to purchase up  to 10% of  the outstanding  shares of Gargoyles  stock from  the
former  majority shareholder. In  connection with the  recapitalization, the new
shareholders of the Company assumed the option and amended certain provisions of
the option  agreement. As  a  result of  the  amendments, the  Company  recorded
deferred compensation of
 
                                      F-14
<PAGE>   74
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
$400,000, equal to the difference between the estimated fair market value of the
stock at the date of the recapitalization, and the option price of $0.85 per
share. The amount is being amortized over the option vesting period.
 
   
     Also in connection with the recapitalization, the new shareholders granted
the President an additional nonqualified option to purchase 146,500 shares of
common stock owned by the new shareholders at an exercise price of $4.26 per
share. In June 1996, in contemplation of the Company's initial public offering,
the options were further amended to accelerate the vesting and to extend the
expiration date to June 28, 2006. As a result, the remaining balance of $150,000
from the initial $400,000 deferred compensation was expensed and Gargoyles
recognized an additional nonrecurring, noncash stock compensation charge in the
second quarter of 1996 of $3.4 million. Total stock compensation expense related
to these agreements of $3.5 million is reflected as a component of operating
expenses in the six months ended June 30, 1996.
    
 
10.  RECEIVABLE FROM AFFILIATE
 
     The Company has advanced funds to Conquest Sports, Inc. ("Conquest,"
formerly Pro-Tec, Inc.), an affiliate with similar shareholders as the Company.
In addition, the Company has guaranteed certain liabilities of Conquest.
Conquest has incurred losses in its last two fiscal years and Company management
has concluded that it is likely Conquest will be unable to meet its unsecured
obligations. Accordingly, in the fourth quarter of 1995, the Company recorded a
provision related to Conquest in the amount of $1,597,051.
 
11.  DISCONTINUED DISTRIBUTION AGREEMENT
 
     During late 1994, Gargoyles entered into a nonexclusive agreement (the
"Agreement") to distribute a line of sunglasses produced by another
manufacturer. These sunglasses were produced with the name of a major
manufacturer of athletic shoes and apparel under a license agreement. Gargoyles
had no significant sales under the Agreement prior to 1995.
 
     During the fourth quarter of 1995, both parties agreed to terminate the
Agreement. In connection with the termination of the Agreement, the sales, cost
of sales, and operating expenses associated with this distribution agreement
have been eliminated from the results of operations for Gargoyles. The net
financial results have been reported as a loss on discontinued distribution
agreement for the year ended December 31, 1995.
 
12.  ACQUISITION OF HOBIE
 
     On February 13, 1996, Gargoyles purchased all of the issued and outstanding
stock of H.S.I. ("Hobie"). Hobie was the manufacturer of Hobie Polarized
Sunglasses under an exclusive license agreement for use of the name Hobie on
sunglasses.
 
   
     The acquisition has been accounted for using the purchase method of
accounting. Accordingly, the allocation of the purchase price of $3,974,900, of
which $3,380,014 was paid in cash, has been based on the fair value of the
assets acquired and liabilities assumed. Included in the purchase price are
consulting service fees of up to an aggregate of $300,000 to two of Hobie's
former shareholders. As consideration for certain noncompetition covenants, the
Company agreed to pay an aggregate of $200,000 in 12 monthly installments and
issue an aggregate of 15,634 shares of its common stock to two of Hobie's former
shareholders. Costs in excess of the fair market value of assets and liabilities
acquired are reflected as intangibles, the most significant component of which
is goodwill that is being amortized over the remaining 27-year license period of
the Hobie brand name.
    
 
                                      F-15
<PAGE>   75
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
 
           NOTES TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
     Pro  forma  information,  assuming  the  acquisition  had  occurred  at the
beginning of the periods presented, is as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
   
                                                                               SIX MONTHS
                                                               YEAR ENDED         ENDED
                                                              DECEMBER 31,      JUNE 30,
                                                                  1995            1996
                                                              ------------     -----------
    <S>                                                       <C>              <C>
    Sales...................................................  $21,182,000      $17,938,000
    Gross profit............................................   12,663,000       10,385,000
    Net loss................................................   (3,021,000 )     (2,754,000)
    
</TABLE>
 
13.  SUBSEQUENT EVENTS
 
  Investment in the kindling company
 
     In May 1996, the Company  formed a majority-owned subsidiary, the  kindling
company  ("Kindling"), to design, develop, manufacture and distribute sunglasses
and,  with  The  Timberland  Company's  consent,  ophthalmic  frames  under  the
Timberland  brand name. The Company contributed  $1,200,000 for its 70% interest
in Kindling. Of that amount, $100,000 was  paid in cash and $1,100,000 by  means
of  a non-interest-bearing promissory  note that is  due in installments through
January 1997. Between January 3, 1997 and January 1, 2000, the Company may  also
be  required  to  contribute an  additional  $300,000 to  Kindling's  capital if
Kindling deems such additional amount necessary and makes a demand.
 
  Stock Dividend
 
     On June  28,  1996, the  Company's  Board  of Directors  approved  a  stock
dividend  in  the amount  of 4.86  shares for  every one  share of  common stock
outstanding, thereby giving effect to a  5.86-to-1 stock split to be payable  on
or  before the closing of the Company's  initial public offering. The payment of
such dividend is subject to approval by the Board of Directors and  shareholders
of  the Restated Articles of Incorporation  to increase the number of authorized
shares. The accompanying financial statements have been restated to give  effect
to the stock dividend.
 
                                      F-16
<PAGE>   76
 
               REPORT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
The Board of Directors and Shareholders
Gargoyles, Inc.
 
     We have  audited the  accompanying  balance sheets  of H.S.I.  d/b/a  Hobie
Sunglasses  as of  December 31,  1994 and  1995, and  the related  statements of
operations and retained earnings and cash flows for the years then ended.  These
financial  statements are  the responsibility  of the  Company's management. Our
responsibility is to express an opinion  on these financial statements based  on
our audits.
 
     We  conducted  our audits  in accordance  with generally  accepted auditing
standards. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to  obtain
reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material
misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting
the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also  includes
assessing  the  accounting principles  used  and significant  estimates  made by
management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement  presentation.
We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.
 
     In  our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly,
in  all  material  respects,  the  financial  position  of  H.S.I.  d/b/a  Hobie
Sunglasses  at December 31, 1994 and 1995, and the results of its operations and
its cash flows for the years  then ended, in conformity with generally  accepted
accounting principles.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
June 14, 1996
 
                                      F-17
<PAGE>   77
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                                 BALANCE SHEETS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                               DECEMBER 31,             FEBRUARY
                                                         -------------------------        13,
                                                            1994           1995           1996
                                                         ----------     ----------     ----------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
ASSETS
Current assets:
  Cash and cash equivalents............................  $   83,229     $   30,972     $      556
  Trade receivables, less allowances for doubtful
     accounts
     of $50,000........................................     352,056        346,445        356,217
  Inventories..........................................     771,252      1,199,632      1,249,466
  Other current assets and prepaid expenses............       1,310         10,879         38,636
                                                            -------        -------        -------
Total current assets...................................   1,207,847      1,587,928      1,644,875
Property and equipment, net............................      77,471         86,983         94,879
Other assets...........................................      14,250         28,250         18,200
                                                            -------        -------        -------
Total assets...........................................  $1,299,568     $1,703,161     $1,757,954
                                                            =======        =======        =======
LIABILITIES AND SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
Current liabilities:
  Note payable to bank.................................  $  424,317     $  630,000     $  580,000
  Note payable to shareholder..........................     285,000        470,000        540,000
  Convertible note payable to shareholder..............     200,000        200,000        200,000
  Accounts payable.....................................      30,027         49,191        126,393
  Accrued expenses.....................................      34,687         23,615         27,829
                                                            -------        -------        -------
Total current liabilities..............................     974,031      1,372,806      1,474,222
                                                            -------        -------        -------
Shareholders' equity:
  Common stock, no par value
     Authorized shares -- 10,000,000
     Issued and outstanding shares -- 365,000..........     322,330        322,330        322,330
  Retained earnings (deficit)..........................       3,207          8,025        (38,598)
                                                            -------        -------        -------
Total shareholders' equity.............................     325,537        330,355        283,732
                                                            -------        -------        -------
Total liabilities and shareholders' equity.............  $1,299,568     $1,703,161     $1,757,954
                                                            =======        =======        =======
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-18
<PAGE>   78
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                 STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND RETAINED EARNINGS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                          YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,      PERIOD FROM
                                                         -------------------------     JANUARY 1 TO
                                                            1994           1995        FEBRUARY 13,
                                                         ----------     ----------         1996
                                                                                       ------------
                                                                                       (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                      <C>            <C>            <C>
Net sales..............................................  $3,690,701     $4,043,617       $310,953
Cost of sales..........................................   1,906,805      1,992,181        166,904
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Gross profit...........................................   1,783,896      2,051,436        144,049
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Operating expenses:
  Sales and marketing..................................     984,217      1,175,825         77,486
  General and administrative...........................     672,745        679,036        121,816
  Shipping and warehousing.............................      43,068         35,066          3,500
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Total operating expenses...............................   1,700,030      1,889,927        202,802
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Income (loss) from operations..........................      83,866        161,509        (58,753)
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Other income (expense):
  Interest expense, net................................     (85,630)      (131,090)       (12,517)
  Other................................................      13,385        (14,902)           629
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Total other income (expense)...........................     (72,245)      (145,992)       (11,888)
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Income (loss) before income taxes......................      11,621         15,517        (70,641)
Income tax provision (benefit).........................       4,087         10,699        (24,018)
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Net income (loss)......................................       7,534          4,818        (46,623)
Retained earnings (deficit), beginning of period.......      (4,327)         3,207          8,025
                                                         ----------     ----------       --------
Retained earnings (deficit), end of period.............  $    3,207     $    8,025       $(38,598)
                                                         ==========     ==========       ========
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-19
<PAGE>   79
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                            STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                            YEAR ENDED DECEMBER 31,   PERIOD FROM
                                                            -----------------------   JANUARY 1 TO
                                                              1994          1995      FEBRUARY 13,
                                                            ---------     ---------       1996
                                                                                      ------------
                                                                                      (UNAUDITED)
<S>                                                         <C>           <C>         <C>
OPERATING ACTIVITIES
Net income (loss).........................................  $   7,534     $   4,818    $  (46,623)
Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash
  used in operating activities:
  Depreciation and amortization...........................     20,796        24,566         3,247
  Changes in assets and liabilities:
     Accounts receivable..................................    (89,475)        5,611        (9,772)
     Inventories..........................................   (269,904)     (428,380)      (49,834)
     Other current assets and other assets................     20,965       (24,569)      (17,707)
     Accounts payable.....................................     (7,383)       19,164        77,202
     Accrued expenses.....................................     20,049       (11,072)        4,214
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net cash used in operating activities.....................   (297,418)     (409,862)      (39,273)
                                                               ------        ------        ------
INVESTING ACTIVITY -- acquisition of property and
  equipment...............................................    (39,550)      (33,078)      (11,143)
                                                               ------        ------        ------
FINANCING ACTIVITIES
Net proceeds (repayments) under bank note payable.........    303,291       205,683       (50,000)
Proceeds from issuance of shareholder note................    345,000       385,000       270,000
Payments of shareholder note..............................   (260,000)     (200,000)     (200,000)
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net cash provided by financing activities.................    388,291       390,683        20,000
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents......     51,323       (52,257)      (30,416)
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period............     31,906        83,229        30,972
                                                               ------        ------        ------
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period..................  $  83,229     $  30,972    $      556
                                                               ======        ======        ======
</TABLE>
 
                            See accompanying notes.
 
                                      F-20
<PAGE>   80
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                         NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
            (INFORMATION AS OF FEBRUARY 13, 1996 AND FOR THE PERIOD
               JANUARY 1, 1996 TO FEBRUARY 13, 1996 IS UNAUDITED)
 
1.  SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES
 
  Principal Industry and Sale of Company to Gargoyles
 
     H.S.I.  d/b/a  Hobie Sunglasses  ("Hobie" or  "the Company"),  a California
corporation formed in March 1989, is  primarily involved in the manufacture  and
wholesale  distribution of  Hobie eyewear  products. The  Company's products are
primarily sold through independent  manufacturers' representatives. The  Company
subcontracts  several of its manufacturing  processes. Management believes there
are  adequate  alternative  sources  for  these  services  should  an   existing
subcontractor be unable to perform.
 
     On  February 13, 1996, the  Company was sold to,  and became a wholly owned
subsidiary  of,  Gargoyles,  Inc.,   another  manufacturer  of  sunglasses.   In
connection  with the sale, all vested stock options were exercised and all notes
payable were paid.  Unaudited information as  of February 13,  1996 and for  the
period  January 1,  1996 to February  13, 1996 reflects  the Company's financial
position and results of operations and cash flows up to the date of the sale and
includes all  adjustments  that  the  Company considers  necessary  for  a  fair
presentation  of the financial  position at such date  and the operating results
and cash flows for that period.
 
  Cash and Cash Equivalents
 
     The  Company  considers  all   highly  liquid  investments  with   original
maturities of three months or less when purchased to be cash equivalents.
 
  Revenue Recognition
 
     Revenue is recognized when merchandise is shipped to a customer.
 
  Inventories
 
     Inventories are stated at the lower of weighted-average cost or market.
 
  Property and Equipment
 
     Property  and equipment are stated at cost, net of accumulated depreciation
and  amortization.  Significant  additions  and  improvements  are  capitalized.
Maintenance  and  repairs are  expensed as  incurred.  The Company  provides for
depreciation and amortization  using the straight-line  method which  recognizes
the  cost over  the estimated useful  lives of  the respective assets  or, as to
leasehold improvements, the term of the related lease if less than the estimated
useful life.
 
  Advertising Expense
 
     The cost  of advertising  is  expensed as  incurred. The  Company  incurred
$84,718 and $107,730 in advertising costs during 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
  Income Taxes
 
     The  Company accounts for income taxes  under the liability method, whereby
deferred taxes are provided for the temporary differences between the  financial
reporting basis and the tax basis of the Company's assets and liabilities. These
deferred  tax  assets  and  liabilities are  measured  under  the  provisions of
currently enacted tax laws.
 
                                      F-21
<PAGE>   81
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
  License Agreement
 
     The  Company  purchased  the  exclusive  right  to  manufacture  and   sell
sunglasses  and related accessories bearing  the "Hobie" trademark. The original
term of the license  expires December 31, 2008;  however, the Company has  three
five-year extension options available. The Company is amortizing the cost of the
license  agreement on a straight-line basis  over the original term. At December
31, 1994 and  1995, the balance  was $14,250 and  $13,250, respectively, net  of
accumulated  amortization  of  $5,750  and  $6,750,  respectively.  Amortization
expense was $1,000 during 1994 and 1995.
 
     Royalties under  the agreement  accrue at  2% of  net sales,  subject to  a
minimum  annual  royalty of  $15,000. The  Company  incurred royalty  expense of
$66,065 and $75,146 in 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
  Concentration of Credit Risk and Financial Instruments
 
     The Company sells its products  to local and national companies  throughout
the  United  States.  The Company  performs  ongoing credit  evaluations  of its
customers and generally does  not require collateral.  The Company maintains  an
allowance  for  doubtful  accounts  at  a  level  which  management  believes is
sufficient to cover potential credit losses.
 
     The  carrying  value   of  financial  instruments,   which  include   cash,
receivables, payables and debt, approximates market value at December 31, 1995.
 
  Stock-Based Compensation
 
     The Company granted stock options for a fixed number of shares to employees
with  an exercise price  equal to the  fair value of  the shares at  the date of
grant. The  Company accounts  for stock  option grants  in accordance  with  the
intrinsic   value  method   of  accounting,  and,   accordingly,  recognizes  no
compensation expense for the stock option grants.
 
  Impact of Recently Issued Accounting Standards
 
     In March 1995,  the Financial Accounting  Standards Board issued  Statement
No.  121  regarding  accounting for  the  impairment of  long-lived  assets. The
Company adopted  Statement  No. 121,  and  the effect  of  the adoption  had  no
material impact on the Company's financial condition or results of operations.
 
  Use of Estimates
 
     The  preparation  of  financial  statements  in  conformity  with generally
accepted  accounting  principles  requires  management  to  make  estimates  and
assumptions  that affect  the amounts reported  in the  financial statements and
accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those estimates.
 
2.  INVENTORIES
 
     Inventories consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                           DECEMBER 31,            FEBRUARY
                                                      -----------------------        13,
                                                        1994          1995           1996
                                                      --------     ----------     ----------
    <S>                                               <C>          <C>            <C>
    Raw materials...................................  $610,437     $  717,958     $  776,239
    Finished goods..................................   160,815        481,674        473,227
                                                        ------        -------        -------
                                                      $771,252     $1,199,632     $1,249,466
                                                        ======        =======        =======
</TABLE>
 
                                      F-22
<PAGE>   82
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
3.  PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT
 
     Property and equipment consist of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                         DECEMBER 31,
                                                    ----------------------     FEBRUARY 13,
                                                      1994         1995            1996
                                                    --------     ---------     ------------
    <S>                                             <C>          <C>           <C>
    Molds and production equipment................  $ 14,913     $  45,163      $   56,306
    Office and computer equipment.................    81,566        84,394          84,394
    Leasehold improvements........................    33,577        33,577          33,577
                                                      ------        ------          ------
                                                     130,056       163,134         174,277
    Less accumulated depreciation and
      amortization................................   (52,585)      (76,151)        (79,398)
                                                      ------        ------          ------
    Furniture and equipment, net..................  $ 77,471     $  86,983      $   94,879
                                                      ======        ======          ======
</TABLE>
 
4.  DEBT
 
  Note Payable to Bank Under Revolving Line of Credit
 
     Under line of  credit arrangements  for short-term  debt with  a bank,  the
Company may borrow up to $650,000. These arrangements expire August 31, 1996. At
December 31, 1995, the unused portion of the credit line was $20,000. Borrowings
under the arrangements bear interest at the bank's reference rate plus 2% (10.5%
at  December 31, 1995), payable monthly. Amounts borrowed under the arrangements
are  secured  by  substantially   all  accounts  receivable,  inventories,   and
equipment. The arrangements are guaranteed by the majority shareholder.
 
     The  credit  arrangements require,  among  other things,  that  the Company
maintain a minimum tangible net worth and working capital. At December 31, 1995,
the Company was  not in compliance  with certain of  the covenants. The  related
balances were fully paid in February 1996 after the acquisition by Gargoyles.
 
  Note Payable to Shareholder
 
     The  note payable to  shareholder represents working  capital advances from
the majority shareholder and from affiliates of this shareholder. These advances
mature on December  31, 1996.  Borrowings under  the advances  bear interest  of
11.5%, payable monthly.
 
  Convertible Note Payable to Shareholder
 
     Shareholders and an affiliate of the majority shareholder hold subordinated
convertible  notes payable. These  notes may be converted  into common stock, at
the option  of the  holder, through  maturity  at December  1, 1996.  The  notes
convert  at the rate of one common share for each $1.25 in principal and accrued
interest outstanding.  Borrowings bear  interest at  8%, payable  quarterly.  At
December  31, 1995,  160,000 shares  of common  stock were  restricted for these
notes.
 
     The Company made interest payments totaling $78,003 and $122,130 during the
years ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
                                      F-23
<PAGE>   83
 
                                     H.S.I.
                             D/B/A HOBIE SUNGLASSES
 
                  NOTES TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS -- (CONTINUED)
 
5.  INCOME TAXES
 
     The income tax provision consists of the following:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                            YEAR ENDED
                                                                           DECEMBER 31,
                                                                        ------------------
                                                                         1994       1995
                                                                        ------     -------
    <S>                                                                 <C>        <C>
    Current:
      Federal.........................................................  $2,740     $ 5,160
      State...........................................................     800       2,940
                                                                          ----       -----
                                                                         3,540       8,100
    Deferred:
      Federal.........................................................   1,287       1,135
      State...........................................................    (740)      1,464
                                                                          ----       -----
                                                                           547       2,599
                                                                          ----       -----
    Income tax provision..............................................  $4,087     $10,699
                                                                          ====       =====
</TABLE>
 
     The difference  between the  income tax  provision based  upon the  federal
statutory income tax rate and the income tax provision recorded in the financial
statements  is attributable to  graduated income tax  rates and certain expenses
not deductible for tax purposes.
 
     The Company made income tax payments totaling $800 and $0 during the  years
ended December 31, 1994 and 1995, respectively.
 
6.  SHAREHOLDERS' EQUITY
 
     The  Company has  stock option  agreements with  certain key  employees and
consultants. Stock option  activity and price  information for these  agreements
are as follows:
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                NUMBER OF     OPTION PRICE
                                                                 SHARES        PER SHARE
                                                                ---------     ------------
    <S>                                                         <C>           <C>
    Balance, January 1, 1994..................................    70,000      $1.00-$1.25
      Granted.................................................    35,000            $1.50
                                                                  ------
    Balance, December 31, 1994 and 1995.......................   105,000      $1.00-$1.50
                                                                  ======
</TABLE>
 
     At   December  31,  1995,  85,000  options  were  exercisable  under  these
agreements.
 
7.  COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES
 
     The Company  leases  its primary  operating  and office  premises  under  a
noncancelable  operating  lease expiring  March  1996. Terms  of  this agreement
include fixed annual  rental payment  increases. Rent expense  under this  lease
totaled  $30,000 and  $52,300 for  the years ended  December 31,  1994 and 1995,
respectively.
 
     Minimum future lease payments due under noncancelable operating leases  are
$11,100 for the year ending December 31, 1996.
 
                                      F-24
<PAGE>   84
 
                  [Photographs of products and store displays]
<PAGE>   85
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
     NO DEALER, SALESPERSON OR ANY OTHER PERSON HAS BEEN AUTHORIZED TO GIVE ANY
INFORMATION OR TO MAKE ANY REPRESENTATIONS OTHER THAN THOSE CONTAINED IN THIS
PROSPECTUS IN CONNECTION WITH THE OFFER CONTAINED HEREIN, AND, IF GIVEN OR MADE,
SUCH INFORMATION OR REPRESENTATIONS MUST NOT BE RELIED UPON AS HAVING BEEN
AUTHORIZED BY THE COMPANY, ANY OF THE SELLING SHAREHOLDERS OR ANY OF THE
UNDERWRITERS. THIS PROSPECTUS DOES NOT CONSTITUTE AN OFFER OF ANY SECURITIES
OTHER THAN THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES OR AN OFFER TO SELL, OR A SOLICITATION OF
AN OFFER TO BUY, THOSE TO WHICH IT RELATES IN ANY STATE TO ANY PERSON TO WHOM IT
IS NOT LAWFUL TO MAKE SUCH OFFER IN SUCH STATE. THE DELIVERY OF THIS PROSPECTUS
AT ANY TIME DOES NOT IMPLY THAT THE INFORMATION HEREIN IS CORRECT AS OF ANY TIME
SUBSEQUENT TO ITS DATE.
                               ------------------
                               TABLE OF CONTENTS
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        PAGE
                                        ----
<S>                                     <C>
Prospectus Summary....................     3
Risk Factors..........................     7
The Company...........................    12
Use of Proceeds.......................    12
Dividend Policy.......................    12
Capitalization........................    13
Dilution..............................    14
Selected Financial Data...............    15
Pro Forma Financial Information.......    17
Management's Discussion and Analysis
  of Financial Condition and Results
  of Operations.......................    19
Business..............................    28
Management............................    40
Certain Transactions..................    47
Principal and Selling Shareholders....    51
Description of Capital Stock..........    53
Shares Eligible for Future Sale.......    55
Underwriting..........................    56
Legal Matters.........................    57
Experts...............................    57
Additional Information................    57
Index to Consolidated Financial
  Statements..........................   F-1
</TABLE>
    
 
                               ------------------
 
     UNTIL             , 1996 (25 DAYS AFTER THE DATE OF THE OFFERING), ALL
DEALERS EFFECTING TRANSACTIONS IN THE COMMON STOCK, WHETHER OR NOT PARTICIPATING
IN THIS DISTRIBUTION, MAY BE REQUIRED TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS. THIS IS IN
ADDITION TO THE OBLIGATION OF DEALERS TO DELIVER A PROSPECTUS WHEN ACTING AS
UNDERWRITERS AND WITH RESPECT TO THEIR UNSOLD ALLOTMENTS OR SUBSCRIPTIONS.
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
 
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
                                2,666,667 SHARES
 
                                     [LOGO]
 
                                GARGOYLES, INC.
                                  COMMON STOCK
                                  ------------
                                   PROSPECTUS
                                             , 1996
                                  ------------
                               SMITH BARNEY INC.
                         ROBERTSON, STEPHENS & COMPANY
- ------------------------------------------------------
- ------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>   86
 
                                    PART II
 
                     INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
 
ITEM 13.  OTHER EXPENSES OF ISSUANCE AND DISTRIBUTION
 
     The  following  table  sets  forth  the  costs  and  expenses,  other  than
underwriting  discounts  and  commissions,  payable by  the  registrant  and the
selling shareholders  in connection  with the  sale of  the Common  Stock  being
registered  hereby. All amounts  shown are estimates,  except the Securities and
Exchange Commission  registration  fee,  the  NASD filing  fee  and  the  Nasdaq
National Market listing fee.
 
<TABLE>
    <S>                                                                         <C>
    Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee.......................  $ 15,863
    NASD filing fee...........................................................     5,100
    Nasdaq National Market listing fee........................................    36,356
    Blue Sky fees and expenses................................................    10,000
    Printing and engraving expenses...........................................    75,000
    Legal fees and expenses...................................................   320,000
    Accounting fees and expenses..............................................   250,000
    Directors and officers insurance..........................................   122,682
    Transfer Agent and Registrar fees.........................................    10,000
    Miscellaneous expenses....................................................     4,999
                                                                                --------
              Total...........................................................  $850,000
                                                                                ========
</TABLE>
 
ITEM 14.  INDEMNIFICATION OF DIRECTORS AND OFFICERS
 
     Sections   23B.08.500  through   23B.08.600  of   the  Washington  Business
Corporations Act  authorize  a court  to  award,  or a  corporation's  board  of
directors   to  grant,  indemnification  to  directors  and  officers  on  terms
sufficiently broad  to permit  indemnification under  certain circumstances  for
liabilities   arising  under  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  as  amended  (the
"Securities Act"). Section 10  of the registrant's  Bylaws (Exhibit 3.2  hereto)
provides  for indemnification of the registrant's directors, officers, employees
and agents to  the maximum extent  permitted by Washington  law. Certain of  the
directors  of the registrant, who are  affiliated with principal shareholders of
the registrant, also may be  indemnified by such shareholders against  liability
they  may incur  in their capacities  as directors of  the registrant, including
pursuant to a liability insurance policy  maintained by the registrant for  such
purpose.
 
     Section 23B.08.320 of the Washington Business Corporations Act authorizes a
corporation   to  limit  a  director's  liability  to  the  corporation  or  its
shareholders for monetary damages for acts or omissions as a director, except in
certain circumstances involving  intentional misconduct,  knowing violations  of
law  or illegal corporate loans or  distributions, or any transaction from which
the director personally  receives a benefit  in money, property  or services  to
which  the  director is  not  legally entitled.  Article  8 of  the registrant's
Amended and Restated  Articles of  Incorporation (Exhibit  3.1 hereto)  contains
provisions implementing, to the fullest extent permitted by Washington law, such
limitations on a director's liability to the registrant and its shareholders.
 
     The  registrant has entered into an  indemnification agreement with each of
its directors in which the registrant agrees to hold harmless and indemnify  the
director  to  the fullest  extent permitted  by  Washington law.  The registrant
agrees to indemnify the  director against any and  all losses, claims,  damages,
liabilities  or  expenses incurred  in connection  with  any actual,  pending or
threatened  action,  suit,  claim   or  proceeding,  whether  civil,   criminal,
administrative  or investigative  and whether formal  or informal,  in which the
director is, was or becomes involved by reason of the fact that the director  is
or  was a director, officer, employee, trustee or agent of the registrant or any
related company,  partnership, joint  venture,  trust or  enterprise,  including
service  with respect  to an  employee benefit plan,  whether the  basis of such
proceeding is  alleged action  (or  inaction) by  the  director in  an  official
capacity  or  in  any  other  capacity while  serving  as  a  director, officer,
 
                                      II-1
<PAGE>   87
 
employee,  trustee or  agent, other  than an  action, suit,  claim or proceeding
instituted by or at the direction of the officer or director unless such action,
suit, claim or  proceeding is  or was authorized  by the  registrant's Board  of
Directors.  No  indemnity pursuant  to the  indemnification agreements  shall be
provided by the registrant on account of any suit in which a final, unappealable
judgment is  rendered against  the  officer or  director  for an  accounting  of
profits  made from the purchase or sale by the officer or director of securities
of the  registrant  in violation  of  the provisions  of  Section 16(b)  of  the
Securities  Exchange Act  of 1934,  as amended,  and amendments  thereto, or for
damages that have been paid directly to the officer or director by an  insurance
carrier   under  a  policy  of  directors'  and  officers'  liability  insurance
maintained by the registrant.
 
     The   Underwriting   Agreement   (Exhibit   1.1   hereto)   provides    for
indemnification by the Underwriters of the registrant and its executive officers
and   directors,  and  by  the  registrant  of  the  Underwriters,  for  certain
liabilities,  including  liabilities  arising  under  the  Securities  Act,   in
connection with matters specifically provided in writing by the Underwriters for
inclusion in this Registration Statement.
 
ITEM 15.  RECENT SALES OF UNREGISTERED SECURITIES
 
     Since  June  15, 1993,  the registrant  has issued  and sold  the following
unregistered securities:
 
          1. On March 22, 1995, the registrant issued an aggregate of  3,516,003
     shares  of Common Stock  to 15 investors  for a consideration  of $1.53 per
     share or an aggregate of $5,387,498.
 
          2. On January 12, 1996, in exchange for $56,000, the registrant issued
     a warrant to purchase  41,020 shares of Common  Stock exercisable at  $4.26
     per  share to one investor. The expiration date for the warrant is December
     8, 2005.
 
          3. On February 13, 1996, the registrant issued an aggregate of  15,634
     shares  of  Common  Stock to  two  investors in  consideration  for certain
     confidentiality and noncompetition convenants.
 
     The sales and issuances of  securities in the transactions described  above
were  deemed to be exempt from registration under the Securities Act principally
by virtue of Sections  3(b) and 4(2) thereof  as transactions not involving  any
public offering.
 
ITEM 16.  EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES
 
     (a) Exhibits
 
<TABLE>
        <S>        <C>
         1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement
         3.1(a)    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the registrant currently
                   in effect
         3.1(b)    Form  of Amended and Restated Articles  of Incorporation of the registrant
                   to become effective prior to the closing of the Offering
         3.2(a)    Bylaws of the registrant currently in effect
         3.2(b)    Form of Bylaws of the registrant to become effective prior to the  closing
                   of the Offering
         5.1*      Opinion of Perkins Coie regarding legality of shares
        10.1+      Stock  Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 1995, among Gargoyles and
                   certain other parties
        10.2       Indemnity Agreement, dated as  of March 22, 1995,  by Gargoyles, Inc.,  in
                   favor of Trillium Corporation
        10.3       Amended  and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of March 17, 1995, made by
                   Gargoyles, Inc. to Dennis Burns (the "Founder")
        10.4       Guaranty, dated  March  17,  1995,  by  Conquest  Sports,  Inc.  (formerly
                   Pro-Tec, Inc.) for the benefit of the Founder
        10.5       Guaranty by Gargoyles, Inc. for the benefit of the Founder
        10.6       Nondisclosure,  Noncompetition and Indemnity Agreement,  dated as of March
                   22,  1995,   among  Gargoyles,   Inc.,  Conquest   Sports,  Inc.,   Antone
                   Manufacturing, Inc. and the Founder
        10.7       Credit  Agreement,  dated  as of  March  22,  1995, between  U.S.  Bank of
                   Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-2
<PAGE>   88
 
<TABLE>
        <S>        <C>
        10.8       Revolving Note, dated March 22, 1995, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S. Bank
                   of Washington, National Association
        10.9       Term  Note, dated March 22, 1995, made  by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S. Bank of
                   Washington, National Association
        10.10      Security Agreement, dated March 22, 1995, between U.S. Bank of Washington,
                   National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.11      Limited Guaranty, dated March  22, 1995, by  Trillium Corporation for  the
                   benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.12      Third   Party  Pledge  Agreement,  dated   March  22,  1995,  by  Trillium
                   Corporation  for  the  benefit  of  U.S.  Bank  of  Washington,   National
                   Association
        10.13      First  Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1995, between
                   U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.14      Renewal Revolving Note, dated August 17, 1995, made by Gargoyles, Inc.  to
                   U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.15      Second  Amendment  to Credit  Agreement, dated  as  of December  15, 1995,
                   between U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.16      Renewal Revolving Note, dated December  15, 1995, made by Gargoyles,  Inc.
                   to U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.17      Third  Amendment  to  Credit Agreement,  dated  as of  February  13, 1996,
                   between U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.18      Renewal Revolving Note, dated February  13, 1996, made by Gargoyles,  Inc.
                   to U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.19      Acquisition Note, dated February 13, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S.
                   Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.20      Amended  and Restated Limited Guaranty, dated  as of February 13, 1996, by
                   Trillium Corporation for the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington,  National
                   Association
        10.21      Pledge  Agreement, dated as  of February 13, 1996,  by Gargoyles, Inc. for
                   the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.22      Third Party Pledge Agreement, dated as  of February 13, 1996, by  Trillium
                   Investors  II, L.L.C. for the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington, National
                   Association
        10.23      Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 13, 1996, by Gargoyles, Inc. and
                   Trillium Corporation
        10.24      Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as  of January 25, 1996, among  Gargoyles,
                   Inc.,  H.S.C., Inc., Douglas  B. Hauff, H.S.I.,  a California corporation,
                   dba Hobie Sunglasses and the Sellers listed therein
        10.25      Industrial Real Estate  Lease (Multi-Tenant Facility),  dated October  12,
                   1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Cascade Investors
        10.26      Industrial  Real Estate Lease (Single Tenant Facility), dated December 16,
                   1993, between Gargoyles, Inc. and DB&D Partnership
        10.27      Lease Amendment, dated as of March  17, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc.  and
                   DB&D Partnership
        10.28      Agreement,  dated April 5, 1996, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Master Sports
                   Equipment GmbH
        10.29      Shareholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, among Gargoyles, Inc.,
                   Trillium  Corporation,   the  Founder,   Douglas  Hauff   and  the   other
                   Shareholders listed therein
        10.30      Amendment  to Shareholders Agreement, dated as  of December 8, 1995, among
                   Gargoyles, Inc. and the Shareholders listed therein
        10.31      Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated  as of December 8, 1995,  among
                   Gargoyles, Inc. and the Shareholders listed therein
        10.32      Gargoyles, Inc. Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated January 1996, between
                   Gargoyles, Inc. and Wally Walker
        10.33      Amended  and Restated Option Agreement, dated  as of March 17, 1995, among
                   Gargoyles, Inc., the Founder and Douglas B. Hauff
        10.34      Assignment and Assumption of Amended and Restated Option Agreement,  dated
                   as of March 22, 1995, between the Founder and the Investors listed therein
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-3
<PAGE>   89
 
<TABLE>
   
        <S>        <C>
        10.35      Option  Agreement, dated as  of March 22, 1995,  between Douglas Hauff and
                   the Investors listed therein
        10.36+     Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1994, as amended by Amendment No. 1  dated
                   as of November 3, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Dale Earnhardt
        10.37+     License  Agreement, dated as of October 1995, as amended as of October 18,
                   1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Ken Griffey, Jr.
        10.38      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Gargoyles,  Inc.
                   and Douglas B. Hauff
        10.39      Employment  Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc.
                   and Steven R. Kingma
        10.40      Employment Agreement, dated  as of  November 1,  1995, between  Gargoyles,
                   Inc. and G. Travis Worth
        10.41      Employment  Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc.
                   and David W. Jobe
        10.42      Form of  Indemnity  Agreement between  Gargoyles,  Inc. and  each  of  its
                   directors
        10.43**    1995 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Compensation Plan
        10.44      Form of Equipment Note made by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S. Bank of Washington,
                   National Association
        10.45      Guaranty,  dated as of  March 7, 1995,  by Gargoyles, Inc.  to and for the
                   benefit of Trillium Corporation
        10.46      Retail License  Agreement,  dated August  7,  1995, between  Warner  Bros.
                   Division of Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. and Gargoyles, Inc., as
                   amended
        10.47      Amended and Restated Agreement Regarding Claim Rights, dated July 3, 1996,
                   by and between the Founder, Gargoyles, Inc. and Conquest Sports, Inc.
        10.48+     Settlement Agreement and General Release, dated as of April 12, 1995
        10.49+     Trademark License Agreement dated as of April 12, 1995
        10.50      Agreement  for Purchase of Common  Stock, dated as of  May 17, 1996, among
                   Gargoyles, Inc., The Timberland Company, Douglas W. Lauer and the kindling
                   company (formerly The D.W. Lauer Company)
        10.51      Promissory Note,  dated May  17,  1996, made  by  Gargoyles, Inc.  to  the
                   kindling company
        10.52      Contingent Demand Note, dated May 17, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to the
                   kindling company
        10.53      Employment  Agreement, effective  as of May  17, 1996,  between Douglas W.
                   Lauer and the kindling company
        10.54      Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 1996, among The D.W.  Lauer
                   Company, Douglas W. Lauer, Gargoyles, Inc. and The Timberland Company
        10.55+     License Agreement, dated as of May 17, 1996, among The Timberland Company,
                   Gargoyles, Inc. and the kindling company
        10.56      Incentive Pool Agreement, effective as of May 17, 1996, between Gargoyles,
                   Inc. and Douglas W. Lauer
        10.57      License  Agreement, effective January 1, 1989, between Hobie Designs, Inc.
                   and H.S.I.
        10.58+     License Agreement,  dated as  of  June 1996,  between Scottie  Pippen  and
                   Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.59+     License  Agreement, dated  as of  May 31,  1996, among  Ixela, Inc., Alexi
                   Lalas and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.60      Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1996,  between
                   U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.61      Promissory  Note, dated June 5, 1996,  made by Gargoyles, Inc. to Trillium
                   Corporation
        10.62      Fifth Amendment to Credit  Agreement, dated as of  June 25, 1996,  between
                   U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc.
        10.63      Renewal  Revolving Note, dated  June 25, 1996, made  by Gargoyles, Inc. to
                   U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        10.64      Renewal Acquisition Note, dated June 25, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc.  to
                   U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association
        11.1**     Computation of pro forma net income (loss) per share
    
</TABLE>
 
                                      II-4
<PAGE>   90
 
<TABLE>
   
        <S>        <C>
        16.1       Letter regarding change in accountants
        21.1       Subsidiaries of the registrant
        23.1**     Consent  of Ernst & Young LLP,  Independent Accountants (contained on page
                   II-7)
        23.2*      Consent of Perkins  Coie (contained in  the opinion filed  as Exhibit  5.1
                   hereto)
        24.1       Power of Attorney
        27.1**     Financial Data Schedule
    
</TABLE>
 
- ---------------
+ Confidential Treatment Requested.
 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
   
**Filed herewith.
    
 
     (b) Financial Statement Schedules
 
     All  schedules are omitted  because they are  inapplicable or the requested
information is shown in the consolidated financial statements of the  registrant
or related notes thereto.
 
ITEM 17.  UNDERTAKINGS
 
     Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act
may  be  permitted  to  directors,  officers  and  controlling  persons  of  the
registrant pursuant to the  provisions described in Item  14, or otherwise,  the
registrant  has been advised that in the  opinion of the Securities and Exchange
Commission such indemnification  is against  public policy as  expressed in  the
Securities  Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In  the event that a claim for
indemnification  against  such  liabilities  (other  than  the  payment  by  the
registrant  of expenses incurred  or paid by a  director, officer or controlling
person of  the registrant  in the  successful  defense of  any action,  suit  or
proceeding)  is  asserted by  such director,  officer  or controlling  person in
connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless  in
the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent,
submit  to  a court  of appropriate  jurisdiction the  question of  whether such
indemnification by it is  against public policy as  expressed in the  Securities
Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to provide to the Underwriters
at  the closing  specified in the  Underwriting Agreement,  certificates in such
denominations and registered in  such names as required  by the Underwriters  to
permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.
 
     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes that:
 
     (1) For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the
information  omitted  from  the  form  of  prospectus  filed  as  part  of  this
Registration Statement in  reliance upon Rule  430A and contained  in a form  of
prospectus  filed by the registrant pursuant to  Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h)
under the  Securities  Act shall  be  deemed to  be  part of  this  Registration
Statement as of the time it was declared effective.
 
     (2)  For the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act,
each post-effective amendment that contains a form of prospectus shall be deemed
to be a new registration statement  relating to the securities offered  therein,
and  the offering  of such  securities at that  time shall  be deemed  to be the
initial bona fide offering thereof.
 
                                      II-5
<PAGE>   91
 
                                   SIGNATURES
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, the
registrant has duly caused this Amendment to the Registration Statement to be
signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the City
of Seattle, State of Washington, on the 19th day of July, 1996.
    
 
                                          GARGOYLES, INC.
 
   
                                          By: DOUGLAS B. HAUFF
    
                                            DOUGLAS B. HAUFF 
                                            ------------------------------------
                                            Douglas B. Hauff, President
                                            and Chief Executive Officer
 
   
     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended,
this Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed by the following
persons in the capacities indicated below on the 19th day of July, 1996.
    
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                  SIGNATURE                                        TITLE
- ---------------------------------------------  ----------------------------------------------
<C>                                            <S>
              DOUGLAS B. HAUFF                 President, Chief Executive Officer and
- ---------------------------------------------  Director (Principal Executive Officer)
              Douglas B. Hauff
              STEVEN R. KINGMA                 Vice President, Chief Financial Officer,
- ---------------------------------------------  Secretary and Treasurer (Principal Financial
              Steven R. Kingma                 and Accounting Officer)
              *ERIK J. ANDERSON                Chairman of the Board
- ---------------------------------------------
               Erik J. Anderson
              *TIMOTHY C. POTTS                Director
- ---------------------------------------------
               Timothy C. Potts
              *PAUL S. SHIPMAN                 Director
- ---------------------------------------------
               Paul S. Shipman
              *WALTER F. WALKER                Director
- ---------------------------------------------
               Walter F. Walker
      *By      DOUGLAS B. HAUFF
- ---------------------------------------------
              Douglas B. Hauff
              Attorney-in-Fact
</TABLE>
    
 
                                      II-6
<PAGE>   92
 
                                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1
 
               CONSENT OF ERNST & YOUNG LLP, INDEPENDENT AUDITORS
 
     We consent to the references to our firm under the captions "Selected
Financial Data" and "Experts" and to the use of our reports dated June 14, 1996,
except for the second paragraph of Note 13, as to which the date is
            , 1996 with respect to Gargoyles, Inc. and June 14, 1996 with
respect to H.S.I. d/b/a Hobie Sunglasses in the Registration Statement (Form
S-1) and related Prospectus of Gargoyles, Inc. for the registration of 3,066,667
shares of its Common Stock.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
              , 1996
 
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
 
     The foregoing consent is in the form that will be signed upon the
completion of the stock dividend described in Note 13 to the consolidated
financial statements.
 
                                          ERNST & YOUNG LLP
 
Seattle, Washington
   
July 19, 1996
    
 
                                      II-7
<PAGE>   93
 
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SEQUENTIALLY
                                                                                       NUMBERED
EXHIBITS                                 DESCRIPTION                                     PAGE
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>        <S>                                                                       <C>
 1.1*      Form of Underwriting Agreement..........................................
 3.1(a)    Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the registrant
           currently in effect.....................................................
 3.1(b)    Form of Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of the registrant
           to become effective prior to the closing of the Offering................
 3.2(a)    Bylaws of the registrant currently in effect............................
 3.2(b)    Form of Bylaws of the registrant to become effective prior to the
           closing of the Offering.................................................
 5.1*      Opinion of Perkins Coie regarding legality of shares....................
10.1+      Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of March 14, 1995, among Gargoyles
           and certain other parties...............................................
10.2       Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, by Gargoyles, Inc., in
           favor of Trillium Corporation...........................................
10.3       Amended and Restated Promissory Note, dated as of March 17, 1995, made
           by Gargoyles, Inc. to Dennis Burns (the "Founder")......................
10.4       Guaranty, dated March 17, 1995, by Conquest Sports, Inc. (formerly
           Pro-Tec, Inc.) for the benefit of the Founder...........................
10.5       Guaranty by Gargoyles, Inc. for the benefit of the Founder..............
10.6       Nondisclosure, Noncompetition and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of March
           22, 1995, among Gargoyles, Inc., Conquest Sports, Inc., Antone
           Manufacturing, Inc. and the Founder.....................................
10.7       Credit Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between U.S. Bank of
           Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc. ...................
10.8       Revolving Note, dated March 22, 1995, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S.
           Bank of Washington, National Association................................
10.9       Term Note, dated March 22, 1995, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S. Bank of
           Washington, National Association........................................
10.10      Security Agreement, dated March 22, 1995, between U.S. Bank of
           Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc. ...................
10.11      Limited Guaranty, dated March 22, 1995, by Trillium Corporation for the
           benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association................
10.12      Third Party Pledge Agreement, dated March 22, 1995, by Trillium
           Corporation for the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington, National
           Association.............................................................
10.13      First Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of August 17, 1995,
           between U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles,
           Inc. ...................................................................
10.14      Renewal Revolving Note, dated August 17, 1995, made by Gargoyles, Inc.
           to U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association........................
10.15      Second Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of December 15, 1995,
           between U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles,
           Inc. ...................................................................
10.16      Renewal Revolving Note, dated December 15, 1995, made by Gargoyles, Inc.
           to U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association........................
10.17      Third Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of February 13, 1996,
           between U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles,
           Inc. ...................................................................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   94
 
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SEQUENTIALLY
                                                                                       NUMBERED
EXHIBITS                                 DESCRIPTION                                     PAGE
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>        <S>                                                                       <C>
10.18      Renewal Revolving Note, dated February 13, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc.
           to U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association........................
10.19      Acquisition Note, dated February 13, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to
           U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association...........................
10.20      Amended and Restated Limited Guaranty, dated as of February 13, 1996, by
           Trillium Corporation for the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington,
           National Association....................................................
10.21      Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 13, 1996, by Gargoyles, Inc. for
           the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association............
10.22      Third Party Pledge Agreement, dated as of February 13, 1996, by Trillium
           Investors II, L.L.C. for the benefit of U.S. Bank of Washington,
           National Association....................................................
10.23      Indemnity Agreement, dated as of February 13, 1996, by Gargoyles, Inc.
           and Trillium Corporation................................................
10.24      Stock Purchase Agreement, dated as of January 25, 1996, among Gargoyles,
           Inc., H.S.C., Inc., Douglas B. Hauff, H.S.I., a California corporation,
           dba Hobie Sunglasses and the Sellers listed therein.....................
10.25      Industrial Real Estate Lease (Multi-Tenant Facility), dated October 12,
           1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Cascade Investors.....................
10.26      Industrial Real Estate Lease (Single Tenant Facility), dated December
           16, 1993, between Gargoyles, Inc. and DB&D Partnership..................
10.27      Lease Amendment, dated as of March 17, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and
           DB&D Partnership........................................................
10.28      Agreement, dated April 5, 1996, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Master
           Sports Equipment GmbH...................................................
10.29      Shareholders Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, among Gargoyles,
           Inc., Trillium Corporation, the Founder, Douglas Hauff and the other
           Shareholders listed therein.............................................
10.30      Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1995, among
           Gargoyles, Inc. and the Shareholders listed therein.....................
10.31      Amendment to Shareholders Agreement, dated as of December 8, 1995, among
           Gargoyles, Inc. and the Shareholders listed therein.....................
10.32      Gargoyles, Inc. Common Stock Purchase Warrant, dated January 1996,
           between Gargoyles, Inc. and Wally Walker................................
10.33      Amended and Restated Option Agreement, dated as of March 17, 1995, among
           Gargoyles, Inc., the Founder and Douglas B. Hauff.......................
10.34      Assignment and Assumption of Amended and Restated Option Agreement,
           dated as of March 22, 1995, between the Founder and the Investors listed
           therein.................................................................
10.35      Option Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Douglas Hauff and
           the Investors listed therein............................................
10.36+     Agreement, dated as of July 14, 1994, as amended by Amendment No. 1
           dated as of November 3, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Dale
           Earnhardt...............................................................
10.37+     License Agreement, dated as of October 1995, as amended as of October
           18, 1995, between Gargoyles, Inc. and Ken Griffey, Jr. .................
</TABLE>
<PAGE>   95
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SEQUENTIALLY
                                                                                       NUMBERED
EXHIBITS                                 DESCRIPTION                                     PAGE
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>        <S>                                                                       <C>
10.38      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Gargoyles,
           Inc. and Douglas B. Hauff...............................................
10.39      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Gargoyles,
           Inc. and Steven R. Kingma...............................................
10.40      Employment Agreement, dated as of November 1, 1995, between Gargoyles,
           Inc. and G. Travis Worth................................................
10.41      Employment Agreement, dated as of March 22, 1995, between Gargoyles,
           Inc. and David W. Jobe..................................................
10.42      Form of Indemnity Agreement between Gargoyles, Inc. and each of its
           directors...............................................................
10.43**    1995 Amended and Restated Stock Incentive Compensation Plan.............
10.44      Form of Equipment Note made by Gargoyles, Inc. to U.S. Bank of
           Washington, National Association........................................
10.45      Guaranty, dated as of March 7, 1995, by Gargoyles, Inc. to and for the
           benefit of Trillium Corporation.........................................
10.46      Retail License Agreement, dated August 7, 1995, between Warner Bros.
           Division of Time Warner Entertainment Company L.P. and Gargoyles, Inc.,
           as amended..............................................................
10.47      Amended and Restated Agreement Regarding Claim Rights, dated July 3,
           1996, by and between the Founder, Gargoyles, Inc. and Conquest Sports,
           Inc. ...................................................................
10.48+     Settlement Agreement and General Release, dated as of April 12, 1995....
10.49+     Trademark License Agreement dated as of April 12, 1995..................
10.50      Agreement for Purchase of Common Stock, dated as of May 17, 1996, among
           Gargoyles, Inc., The Timberland Company, Douglas W. Lauer and the
           kindling company (formerly The D.W. Lauer Company)......................
10.51      Promissory Note, dated May 17, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to the
           kindling company........................................................
10.52      Contingent Demand Note, dated May 17, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to
           the kindling company....................................................
10.53      Employment Agreement, effective as of May 17, 1996, between Douglas W.
           Lauer and the kindling company..........................................
10.54      Investor Rights Agreement, dated as of May 17, 1996, among The D.W.
           Lauer Company, Douglas W. Lauer, Gargoyles, Inc. and The Timberland
           Company.................................................................
10.55+     License Agreement, dated as of May 17, 1996, among The Timberland
           Company, Gargoyles, Inc. and the kindling company.......................
10.56      Incentive Pool Agreement, effective as of May 17, 1996, between
           Gargoyles, Inc. and Douglas W. Lauer....................................
10.57      License Agreement, effective January 1, 1989, between Hobie Designs,
           Inc. and H.S.I. ........................................................
10.58+     License Agreement, dated as of June 1996, between Scottie Pippen and
           Gargoyles, Inc. ........................................................
10.59+     License Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, among Ixela, Inc., Alexi
           Lalas and Gargoyles, Inc. ..............................................
10.60      Fourth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of March 15, 1996,
           between U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles,
           Inc. ...................................................................
</TABLE>
    
<PAGE>   96
 
   
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                     SEQUENTIALLY
                                                                                       NUMBERED
EXHIBITS                                 DESCRIPTION                                     PAGE
- --------   ------------------------------------------------------------------------  ------------
<C>        <S>                                                                       <C>
10.61      Promissory Note, dated June 5, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to Trillium
           Corporation.............................................................
10.62      Fifth Amendment to Credit Agreement, dated as of June 25, 1996, between
           U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association and Gargoyles, Inc. ......
10.63      Renewal Revolving Note, dated June 25, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc. to
           U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association...........................
10.64      Renewal Acquisition Note, dated June 25, 1996, made by Gargoyles, Inc.
           to U.S. Bank of Washington, National Association........................
11.1**     Computation of pro forma net income (loss) per share....................
16.1       Letter regarding change in accountants..................................
21.1       Subsidiaries of the registrant..........................................
23.1**     Consent of Ernst & Young LLP, Independent Accountants (contained on
           page II-7)..............................................................
23.2*      Consent of Perkins Coie (contained in the opinion filed as Exhibit 5.1
           hereto).................................................................
24.1       Power of Attorney.......................................................
27.1**     Financial Data Schedule.................................................
</TABLE>
    
 
- ---------------
+ Confidential Treatment Requested.
 
* To be filed by Amendment.
 
   
**Filed herewith.
    

<PAGE>   1
                                                                   Exhibit 10.43
                                 GARGOYLES, INC.

                     1995 STOCK INCENTIVE COMPENSATION PLAN
             AS AMENDED AND RESTATED ON ______________________, 1996

                               SECTION 1. PURPOSE

         The purpose of the Gargoyles, Inc. 1995 Stock Incentive Compensation
Plan (the "Plan") is to enhance the long-term shareholder value of Gargoyles,
Inc., a Washington corporation (the "Company"), by offering opportunities to
employees, directors, officers, consultants, agents, advisors and independent
contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries (as defined in Section 2) to
participate in the Company's growth and success, and to encourage them to remain
in the service of the Company and its Subsidiaries and to acquire and maintain
stock ownership in the Company.

                             SECTION 2. DEFINITIONS

         For purposes of the Plan, the following terms shall be defined as set
forth below:

2.1      AWARD

         "Award" means an award or grant made to a Participant pursuant to the
Plan, including, without limitation, awards or grants of Options, Stock
Appreciation Rights, Stock Awards, Performance Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards
or any combination of the foregoing (including any Dividend Equivalent Rights
granted in connection with such Awards).

2.2      BOARD

         "Board" means the Board of Directors of the Company.

2.3      CAUSE

         "Cause" means dishonesty, fraud, misconduct, or disclosure of
confidential information, or conviction or confession of a crime (except minor
violations), in each case as determined by the Plan Administrator, and its
determination shall be conclusive and binding.

2.4      CODE

         "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time to
time.

2.5      COMMON STOCK

         "Common Stock" means the common stock of the Company.

                                      -1-
<PAGE>   2
2.6      DISABILITY

         "Disability" means a mental or physical impairment of the Holder which
is expected to result in death or which has lasted or is expected to last for a
continuous period of 12 months or more and which causes the Holder to be unable,
in the opinion of the Company and two independent physicians, to perform his or
her duties for the Company and to be engaged in any substantial gainful
activity. Disability shall be deemed to have occurred on the first day after the
Company and the two independent physicians have furnished their opinion of
Disability to the Plan Administrator.

2.7      DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHT

         "Dividend Equivalent Right" means an Award granted under Section 13.

2.8      EXCHANGE ACT

         "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

2.9      FAIR MARKET VALUE

         "Fair Market Value" shall be as established in good faith by the Plan
Administrator or (a) if the Common Stock is listed on the Nasdaq National
Market, the closing selling price for the Common Stock as reported by the Nasdaq
National Market for a single trading day or (b) if the Common Stock is listed on
the New York Stock Exchange or the American Stock Exchange, the closing selling
price for the Common Stock as such price is officially quoted in the composite
tape of transactions on such exchange for a single trading day. If there is no
such reported price for the Common Stock for the date in question, then such
price on the last preceding date for which such price exists shall be
determinative of Fair Market Value.

2.10     GRANT DATE

         "Grant Date" means the date the Plan Administrator adopted the granting
resolution or a later date designated in a resolution of the Plan Administrator
as the date an Award is to be granted.

2.11     HOLDER

         "Holder" means the Participant to whom an Award is granted or the
personal representative of a Holder who has died.

2.12     INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION

         "Incentive Stock Option" means an Option to purchase Common Stock
granted under Section 7 with the intention that it qualify as an "incentive
stock option" as that term is defined in Section 422 of the Code.

                                      -2-
<PAGE>   3
2.13     NONQUALIFIED STOCK OPTION

         "Nonqualified Stock Option" means an Option to purchase Common Stock
granted under Section 7 other than an Incentive Stock Option.

2.14     OPTION

         "Option" means the right to purchase Common Stock granted under 
Section 7.

2.15     OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARD

         "Other Stock-Based Award" means an Award granted under Section 12.

2.16     PARTICIPANT

         "Participant" means an individual who is a Holder of an Award or, as
the context may require, any employee, director, officer, consultant, agent,
advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a Subsidiary who has been
designated by the Plan Administrator as eligible to participate in the Plan.

2.17     PERFORMANCE AWARD

         "Performance Award" means an Award granted under Section 11, the payout
of which is subject to achievement through a performance period of performance
goals prescribed by the Plan Administrator.

2.18     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

         "Plan Administrator" means the Board or any committee of the Board
designated to administer the Plan under Section 3.1.

2.19     RESTRICTED STOCK

         "Restricted Stock" means shares of Common Stock granted under Section
10, the rights of ownership of which are subject to restrictions prescribed by
the Plan Administrator.

2.20     SECURITIES ACT

         "Securities Act" means the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

2.21     STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHT

         "Stock Appreciation Right" means an Award granted under Section 9.

2.22     STOCK AWARD

         "Stock Award" means an Award granted under Section 10.

                                      -3-
<PAGE>   4
2.23     SUBSIDIARY

         "Subsidiary," except as expressly provided otherwise, means any entity
that is directly or indirectly controlled by the Company or in which the Company
has a significant ownership interest, as determined by the Plan Administrator,
and any entity that may become a direct or indirect parent of the Company.

2.24     SUCCESSOR CORPORATION

         "Successor Corporation" has the meaning set forth under Section 16.2.

                            SECTION 3. ADMINISTRATION

3.1      PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

         The Plan shall be administered by the Board or a committee or
committees (which term includes subcommittees) appointed by, and consisting of
two or more members of, the Board. If and so long as the Common Stock is
required to be registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the Exchange Act, the
Board shall consider in selecting the Plan Administrator and the membership of
any committee acting as Plan Administrator for any persons subject or likely to
become subject to Section 16 under the Exchange Act the provisions regarding (a)
"outside directors" as contemplated by Section 162(m) of the Code and (b)
"nonemployee directors" as contemplated by Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act.
The Board may delegate the responsibility for administering the Plan with
respect to designated classes of eligible Participants to different committees,
subject to such limitations as the Board deems appropriate. Committee members
shall serve for such term as the Board may determine, subject to removal by the
Board at any time.

3.2      ADMINISTRATION AND INTERPRETATION BY THE PLAN ADMINISTRATOR

         Except for the terms and conditions explicitly set forth in the Plan,
the Plan Administrator shall have exclusive authority, in its discretion, to
determine all matters relating to Awards under the Plan, including the selection
of individuals to be granted Awards, the type of Awards, the number of shares of
Common Stock subject to an Award, all terms, conditions, restrictions and
limitations, if any, of an Award and the terms of any instrument that evidences
the Award. The Plan Administrator shall also have exclusive authority to
interpret the Plan and may from time to time adopt, and change, rules and
regulations of general application for the Plan's administration. The Plan
Administrator's interpretation of the Plan and its rules and regulations, and
all actions taken and determinations made by the Plan Administrator pursuant to
the Plan, shall be conclusive and binding on all parties involved or affected.
The Plan Administrator may delegate administrative duties to such of the
Company's officers as it so determines.

                      SECTION 4. STOCK SUBJECT TO THE PLAN

4.1      AUTHORIZED NUMBER OF SHARES

         Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section 16.1, a
maximum of 150,000 shares of Common Stock shall be available for issuance under
the Plan; provided that 

                                      -4-
<PAGE>   5
52,577 of such shares shall become available for issuance only upon the
effectiveness of the Company's registration statement relating to the initial
public offering of the Common Stock. Shares issued under the Plan shall be drawn
from authorized and unissued shares.

4.2      LIMITATIONS

         (a) Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section
16.1, not more than an aggregate of 50,000 shares shall be available for
issuance pursuant to grants of Stock Awards, Performance Awards or Other
Stock-Based Awards under the Plan.

         (b) Subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Section
16.1, not more than 10,000 shares of Common Stock may be made subject to Awards
under the Plan to any individual Participant in the aggregate in any one fiscal
year of the Company, except that the Company may make additional one-time grants
to newly hired Participants of up to 30,000 shares per such Participant; such
limitation shall be applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of, and
only to the extent required for compliance with, the exclusion from the
limitation on deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code.

4.3      REUSE OF SHARES

         Any shares of Common Stock that have been made subject to an Award that
cease to be subject to the Award (other than by reason of exercise or payment of
the Award to the extent it is exercised for or settled in shares), shall again
be available for issuance in connection with future grants of Awards under the
Plan; provided, however, that any such shares shall be counted in accordance
with the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code. Shares that are subject to
tandem Awards shall be counted only once.

                             SECTION 5. ELIGIBILITY

         Awards may be granted under the Plan to those officers, directors and
key employees of the Company and its Subsidiaries as the Plan Administrator from
time to time selects. Awards may also be made to consultants, agents, advisors
and independent contractors who provide services to the Company and its
Subsidiaries.

                                SECTION 6. AWARDS

6.1      FORM AND GRANT OF AWARDS

         The Plan Administrator shall have the authority, in its sole
discretion, to determine the type or types of Awards to be made under the Plan.
Such Awards may include, but are not limited to, Incentive Stock Options,
Nonqualified Stock Options, Stock Appreciation Rights, Stock Awards, Performance
Awards, Other Stock-Based Awards and Dividend Equivalent Rights. Awards may be
granted singly, in combination or in tandem so that the settlement or payment of
one automatically reduces or cancels the other. Awards may also be made in
combination or in tandem with, in replacement of, as alternatives to, or as the
payment form for, grants or rights under any other employee or compensation plan
of the Company.

                                      -5-
<PAGE>   6
6.2      ACQUIRED COMPANY AWARDS

         Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the contrary, the Plan
Administrator may grant Awards under the Plan in substitution for awards issued
under other plans, or assume under the Plan awards issued under other plans, if
the other plans are or were plans of other acquired entities ("Acquired
Entities") (or the parent of the Acquired Entity) and the new Award is
substituted, or the old award is assumed, by reason of a merger, consolidation,
acquisition of property or of stock, reorganization or liquidation (the
"Acquisition Transaction"). In the event that a written agreement pursuant to
which the Acquisition Transaction is completed is approved by the Board and said
agreement sets forth the terms and conditions of the substitution for or
assumption of outstanding awards of the Acquired Entity, said terms and
conditions shall be deemed to be the action of the Plan Administrator without
any further action by the Plan Administrator, except as may be required for
compliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, and the persons holding such
Awards shall be deemed to be Participants and Holders.

                          SECTION 7. AWARDS OF OPTIONS

7.1      GRANT OF OPTIONS

         The Plan Administrator is authorized under the Plan, in its sole
discretion, to issue Options as Incentive Stock Options or as Nonqualified Stock
Options, which shall be appropriately designated.

7.2      OPTION EXERCISE PRICE

         The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be as
determined by the Plan Administrator, but shall not be less than 100% of the
Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the Grant Date with respect to
Incentive Stock Options and not less than 85% of the Fair Market Value on the
Grant Date with respect to Nonqualified Stock Options.

7.3      TERM OF OPTIONS

         The term of each Option shall be as established by the Plan
Administrator or, if not so established, shall be 10 years from the Grant Date.

7.4      EXERCISE OF OPTIONS

         The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument
that evidences an Option the time at which or the installments in which the
Option shall become exercisable, which provisions may be waived or modified by
the Plan Administrator at any time. If not so established in the instrument
evidencing the Option, the Option will become exercisable according to the
following schedule, which may be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at
any time:

                                      -6-
<PAGE>   7
Period of Holder's Continuous Employment or 
 Service With the Company or Its Subsidiaries         Percent of Total Option
          From the Option Grant Date                     That Is Exercisable 

                      After 1 year                             25%

                      After 2 years                            50%

                      After 3 years                            75%

                      After 4 years                           100%

         To the extent that the right to purchase shares has accrued thereunder,
an Option may be exercised from time to time by written notice to the Company,
in accordance with procedures established by the Plan Administrator, setting
forth the number of shares with respect to which the Option is being exercised
and accompanied by payment in full as described in Section 7.5. An Option may
not be exercised as to less than 100 shares at any one time (or the lesser
number of remaining shares covered by the Option).

7.5      PAYMENT OF EXERCISE PRICE

         The exercise price for shares purchased under an Option shall be paid
in full to the Company by delivery of consideration equal to the product of the
Option exercise price and the number of shares purchased. Such consideration
must be paid in cash or check (unless, at the time of exercise, the Plan
Administrator determines not to accept a personal check), except that the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, may, either at the time the Option is
granted or at any time before it is exercised and subject to such limitations as
the Plan Administrator may determine, authorize payment in cash and/or one or
more of the following alternative forms: (a) tendering (either actually or, if
and so long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
the Exchange Act, by attestation) Common Stock already owned by the Holder for
at least six months (or any shorter period necessary to avoid a charge to the
Company's earnings for financial reporting purposes) having a Fair Market Value
on the day prior to the exercise date equal to the aggregate Option exercise
price; (b) a promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 14; (c) if and so
long as the Common Stock is registered under Section 12(b) or 12(g) of the
Exchange Act, delivery of a properly executed exercise notice, together with
irrevocable instructions, to (i) a brokerage firm designated by the Company to
deliver promptly to the Company the aggregate amount of sale or loan proceeds to
pay the Option exercise price and any withholding tax obligations that may arise
in connection with the exercise and (ii) the Company to deliver the certificates
for such purchased shares directly to such brokerage firm, all in accordance
with the regulations of the Federal Reserve Board; or (d) such other
consideration as the Plan Administrator may permit.

7.6      POST-TERMINATION EXERCISES

         The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument
that evidences an Option whether the Option will continue to be exercisable, and
the terms and conditions of such exercise, if a Holder ceases to be employed by,
or to provide services to, the Company or its Subsidiaries, which provisions may
be waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. 

                                      -7-
<PAGE>   8
If not so established in the instrument evidencing the Option, the Option will
be exercisable according to the following terms and conditions, which may be
waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time.

         In case of termination of the Holder's employment or services other
than by reason of death or Cause, the Option shall be exercisable, to the extent
of the number of shares purchasable by the Holder at the date of such
termination, only (a) within one year if the termination of the Holder's
employment or services are coincident with Disability or (b) within three months
after the date the Holder ceases to be an employee, director, officer,
consultant, agent, advisor or independent contractor of the Company or a
Subsidiary if termination of the Holder's employment or services is for any
reason other than death or Disability, but in no event later than the remaining
term of the Option. Any Option exercisable at the time of the Holder's death may
be exercised, to the extent of the number of shares purchasable by the Holder at
the date of the Holder's death, by the personal representative of the Holder's
estate entitled thereto at any time or from time to time within one year after
the date of death, but in no event later than the remaining term of the Option.
In case of termination of the Holder's employment or services for Cause, the
Option shall automatically terminate upon first discovery by the Company of any
reason for such termination and the Holder shall have no right to purchase any
Shares pursuant to such Option, unless the Plan Administrator determines
otherwise. If a Holder's employment or services with the Company are suspended
pending an investigation of whether the Holder shall be terminated for Cause,
all the Holder's rights under any Option likewise shall be suspended during the
period of investigation.

         A transfer of employment or services between or among the Company and
its Subsidiaries shall not be considered a termination of employment or
services. The effect of a Company-approved leave of absence on the terms and
conditions of an Option shall be determined by the Plan Administrator, in its
sole discretion.

                  SECTION 8. INCENTIVE STOCK OPTION LIMITATIONS

         To the extent required by Section 422 of the Code, Incentive Stock
Options shall be subject to the following additional terms and conditions:

8.1      DOLLAR LIMITATION

         To the extent the aggregate Fair Market Value (determined as of the
Grant Date) of Common Stock with respect to which Incentive Stock Options are
exercisable for the first time during any calendar year (under the Plan and all
other stock option plans of the Company) exceeds $100,000, such portion in
excess of $100,000 shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option. In the event
the Participant holds two or more such Options that become exercisable for the
first time in the same calendar year, such limitation shall be applied on the
basis of the order in which such Options are granted.

                                      -8-
<PAGE>   9
8.2      10% SHAREHOLDERS

         If a Participant owns more than 10% of the total voting power of all
classes of the Company's stock, then the exercise price per share of an
Incentive Stock Option shall not be less than 110% of the Fair Market Value of
the Common Stock on the Grant Date and the Option term shall not exceed five
years. The determination of 10% ownership shall be made in accordance with
Section 422 of the Code.

8.3      ELIGIBLE EMPLOYEES

         Individuals who are not employees of the Company or one of its parent
corporations or subsidiary corporations may not be granted Incentive Stock
Options. For purposes of this Section 8.3, "parent corporation" and "subsidiary
corporation" shall have the meanings attributed to those terms for purposes of
Section 422 of the Code.

8.4      TERM

         The term of an Incentive Stock Option shall not exceed 10 years.

8.5      EXERCISABILITY

         To qualify for Incentive Stock Option tax treatment, an Option
designated as an Incentive Stock Option must be exercised within three months
after termination of employment for reasons other than death, except that, in
the case of termination of employment due to total disability, such Option must
be exercised within one year after such termination. Employment shall not be
deemed to continue beyond the first 90 days of a leave of absence unless the
Participant's reemployment rights are guaranteed by statute or contract. For
purposes of this Section 8.5, "total disability" shall mean a mental or physical
impairment of the Participant which is expected to result in death or which has
lasted or is expected to last for a continuous period of 12 months or more and
which causes the Participant to be unable, in the opinion of the Company and two
independent physicians, to perform his or her duties for the Company and to be
engaged in any substantial gainful activity. Total disability shall be deemed to
have occurred on the first day after the Company and the two independent
physicians have furnished their opinion of total disability to the Plan
Administrator.

8.6      TAXATION OF INCENTIVE STOCK OPTIONS

         In order to obtain certain tax benefits afforded to Incentive Stock
Options under Section 422 of the Code, the Participant must hold the shares
issued upon the exercise of an Incentive Stock Option for two years after the
Grant Date of the Incentive Stock Option and one year from the date of exercise.
A Participant may be subject to the alternative minimum tax at the time of
exercise of an Incentive Stock Option. The Participant shall give the Company
prompt notice of any disposition of shares acquired by the exercise of an
Incentive Stock Option prior to the expiration of such holding periods.

                                      -9-
<PAGE>   10
8.7      PROMISSORY NOTES

         The amount of any promissory note delivered pursuant to Section 14 in
connection with an Incentive Stock Option shall bear interest at a rate
specified by the Plan Administrator but in no case less than the rate required
to avoid imputation of interest (taking into account any exceptions to the
imputed interest rules) for federal income tax purposes.

                      SECTION 9. STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

9.1      GRANT OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         The Plan Administrator may grant a Stock Appreciation Right separately
or in tandem with a related Option.

9.2      TANDEM STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         A Stock Appreciation Right granted in tandem with a related Option will
give the Holder the right to surrender to the Company all or a portion of the
related Option and to receive an appreciation distribution (in shares of Common
Stock or cash or any combination of shares and cash, as the Plan Administrator,
in its sole discretion, shall determine at any time) in an amount equal to the
excess of the Fair Market Value for the date the Stock Appreciation Right is
exercised over the exercise price per share of the right, which shall be the
same as the exercise price of the related Option. A tandem Stock Appreciation
Right will have the same other terms and provisions as the related Option. Upon
and to the extent a tandem Stock Appreciation Right is exercised, the related
Option will terminate.

9.3      STAND-ALONE STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         A Stock Appreciation Right granted separately and not in tandem with an
Option will give the Holder the right to receive an appreciation distribution in
an amount equal to the excess of the Fair Market Value for the date the Stock
Appreciation Right is exercised over the exercise price per share of the right.
A stand-alone Stock Appreciation Right will have such terms as the Plan
Administrator may determine, except that the exercise price per share of the
right must be at least equal to 85% of the Fair Market Value on the Grant Date
and the term of the right, if not otherwise established by the Plan
Administrator, shall be 10 years from the Grant Date.

9.4      EXERCISE OF STOCK APPRECIATION RIGHTS

         Unless otherwise provided by the Plan Administrator in the instrument
that evidences the Stock Appreciation Right, the provisions of Section 7.6
relating to the termination of a Holder's employment or services shall apply
equally, to the extent applicable, to the Holder of a Stock Appreciation Right.

                                      -10-
<PAGE>   11
                            SECTION 10. STOCK AWARDS

10.1     GRANT OF STOCK AWARDS

         The Plan Administrator is authorized to make Awards of Common Stock to
Participants on such terms and conditions and subject to such restrictions, if
any (which may be based on continuous service with the Company or the
achievement of performance goals related to (i) sales, gross margin, operating
profits or profits, (ii) growth in sales, gross margin operating profit or
profit, (iii) return ratios related to sales, gross margin operating profit or
profit, (iv) cash flow, (v) asset management (including inventory management),
or (vi) total shareholder return, where such goals may be stated in absolute
terms or relative to comparison companies), as the Plan Administrator shall
determine, in its sole discretion, which terms, conditions and restrictions
shall be set forth in the instrument evidencing the Award. The terms, conditions
and restrictions that the Plan Administrator shall have the power to determine
shall include, without limitation, the manner in which shares subject to Stock
Awards are held during the periods they are subject to restrictions and the
circumstances under which forfeiture of Restricted Stock shall occur by reason
of termination of the Holder's services.

10.2     ISSUANCE OF SHARES

         Upon the satisfaction of any terms, conditions and restrictions
prescribed in respect to a Stock Award, or upon the Holder's release from any
terms, conditions and restrictions of a Stock Award, as determined by the Plan
Administrator, the Company shall deliver, as soon as practicable, to the Holder
or, in the case of the Holder's death, to the personal representative of the
Holder's estate or as the appropriate court directs, a stock certificate for the
appropriate number of shares of Common Stock.

10.3     WAIVER OF RESTRICTIONS

         Notwithstanding any other provisions of the Plan, the Plan
Administrator may, in its sole discretion, waive the forfeiture period and any
other terms, conditions or restrictions on any Restricted Stock under such
circumstances and subject to such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator
shall deem appropriate.

                         SECTION 11. PERFORMANCE AWARDS

11.1     PLAN ADMINISTRATOR AUTHORITY

         Performance Awards may be denominated in cash, shares of Common Stock
or any combination thereof. The Plan Administrator is authorized to grant
Performance Awards and shall determine the nature, length and starting date of
the performance period for each Performance Award and the performance objectives
to be used in valuing Performance Awards and determining the extent to which
such Performance Awards have been earned. Performance objectives and other terms
may vary from Participant to Participant and between groups of Participants.
Performance objectives shall be based on (i) sales, gross margin, operating
profits or profits, (ii) growth in sales, gross margin operating profit or
profit, (iii) return ratios related to sales, gross margin operating profit or
profit, (iv) cash flow, (v) asset management (including 

                                      -11-
<PAGE>   12
inventory management) or (vi) total shareholder return, where such goals may be
stated in absolute terms or relative to comparison companies, as the Plan
Administrator shall determine, in its sole discretion. Additional performance
measures may be used to the extent their use would comply with the exclusion
from the limitation on deductibility of compensation under Section 162(m) of the
Code. Performance periods may overlap and Participants may participate
simultaneously with respect to Performance Awards that are subject to different
performance periods and different performance factors and criteria.

         The Plan Administrator shall determine for each Performance Award the
range of dollar values or number of shares of Common Stock (which may, but need
not, be shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 10), or a combination
thereof, to be received by the Participant at the end of the performance period
if and to the extent that the relevant measures of performance for such
Performance Awards are met. No Performance Awards having an aggregate maximum
dollar value in excess of $250,000 shall be granted to any individual
Participant in any one fiscal year of the Company, such limitations to be
applied in a manner consistent with the requirements of, and to the extent
required for compliance with, the exclusion from the limitation on deductibility
of compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code. The earned portion of a
Performance Award may be paid currently or on a deferred basis with such
interest or earnings equivalent as may be determined by the Plan Administrator.
Payment shall be made in the form of cash, whole shares of Common Stock (which
may, but need not, be shares of Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 10),
Options or any combination thereof, either in a single payment or in annual
installments, all as the Plan Administrator shall determine.

11.2     ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

         The Plan Administrator may adjust the performance goals and
measurements applicable to Performance Awards to take into account changes in
law and accounting and tax rules and to make such adjustments as the Plan
Administrator deems necessary or appropriate to reflect the inclusion or
exclusion of the impact of extraordinary or unusual items, events or
circumstances, except that, to the extent required for compliance with the
exclusion from the limitation on deductibility of compensation under Section
162(m) of the Code, no adjustment shall be made that would result in an increase
in the compensation of any Participant whose compensation is subject to the
limitation on deductibility under Section 162(m) of the Code for the applicable
year. The Plan Administrator also may adjust the performance goals and
measurements applicable to Performance Awards and thereby reduce the amount to
be received by any Participant pursuant to such Awards if and to the extent that
the Plan Administrator deems it appropriate.

11.3     PAYOUT UPON TERMINATION

         The Plan Administrator shall establish and set forth in each instrument
that evidences a Performance Award whether the Award will be payable, and the
terms and conditions of such payment, if a Holder ceases to be employed by, or
to provide services to, the Company or its Subsidiaries, which provisions may be
waived or modified by the Plan Administrator at any time. If not so established
in the instrument evidencing the Performance Award, the Award will be payable
according to the following terms and conditions, which may be waived or modified
by the Plan Administrator at any time. If during a performance period a
Participant's employment or 

                                      -12-
<PAGE>   13
services with the Company terminate by reason of the Participant's Retirement,
Early Retirement at the Company's request, Disability or death, such Participant
shall be entitled to a payment with respect to each outstanding Performance
Award at the end of the applicable performance period (i) based, to the extent
relevant under the terms of the Award, on the Participant's performance for the
portion of such performance period ending on the date of termination and (ii)
prorated for the portion of the performance period during which the Participant
was employed by the Company, all as determined by the Plan Administrator. The
Plan Administrator may provide for an earlier payment in settlement of such
Performance Award discounted at a reasonable interest rate and otherwise in such
amount and under such terms and conditions as the Plan Administrator deems
appropriate.

         Except as otherwise provided in Section 16 or in the instrument
evidencing the Performance Award, if during a performance period a Participant's
employment or services with the Company terminate other than by reason of the
Participant's Retirement, Early Retirement at the Company's request, Disability
or death, then such Participant shall not be entitled to any payment with
respect to the Performance Awards relating to such performance period, unless
the Plan Administrator shall otherwise determine. The provisions of Section 7.6
regarding leaves of absence and termination for Cause shall apply to Performance
Awards.

                      SECTION 12. OTHER STOCK-BASED AWARDS

         The Plan Administrator may grant other Awards under the Plan pursuant
to which shares of Common Stock (which may, but need not, be shares of
Restricted Stock pursuant to Section 10) are or may in the future be acquired,
or Awards denominated in stock units, including ones valued using measures other
than market value. Such Other Stock-Based Awards may be granted alone or in
addition to or in tandem with any Award of any type granted under the Plan and
must be consistent with the Plan's purpose.

                     SECTION 13. DIVIDEND EQUIVALENT RIGHTS

         Any Awards under the Plan may, in the Plan Administrator's discretion,
earn Dividend Equivalent Rights. In respect of any Award that is outstanding on
the dividend record date for Common Stock, the Participant may be credited with
an amount equal to the cash or stock dividends or other distributions that would
have been paid on the shares of Common Stock covered by such Award had such
covered shares been issued and outstanding on such dividend record date. The
Plan Administrator shall establish such rules and procedures governing the
crediting of Dividend Equivalent Rights, including the timing, form of payment
and payment contingencies of such Dividend Equivalent Rights, as it deems are
appropriate or necessary.

                SECTION 14. LOANS, INSTALLMENT PAYMENTS AND LOAN
                                   GUARANTEES

         To assist a Holder (including a Holder who is an officer or director of
the Company) in acquiring shares of Common Stock pursuant to an Award granted
under the Plan, the Plan Administrator, in its sole discretion, may authorize,
either at the Grant Date or at any time before the acquisition of Common Stock
pursuant to the Award, (a) the extension of a loan to the Holder 

                                      -13-
<PAGE>   14
by the Company, (b) the payment by the Holder of the purchase price, if any, of
the Common Stock in installments, or (c) the guarantee by the Company of a loan
obtained by the grantee from a third party. The terms of any loans, installment
payments or loan guarantees, including the interest rate and terms of and
security for repayment, will be subject to the Plan Administrator's discretion;
provided, however, that repayment of any Company loan to the Holder shall be
secured by delivery of a full-recourse promissory note for the loan amount
executed by the Holder, together with any other form of security determined by
the Plan Administrator. The maximum credit available is the purchase price, if
any, of the Common Stock acquired, plus the maximum federal and state income and
employment tax liability that may be incurred in connection with the
acquisition.

                            SECTION 15. ASSIGNABILITY

         No Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Performance Award, Other
Stock-Based Award or Dividend Equivalent Right granted under the Plan may be
assigned, pledged or transferred by the Holder other than by will or by the laws
of descent and distribution, and during the Holder's lifetime, such Awards may
be exercised only by the Holder. Notwithstanding the foregoing, and to the
extent permitted by Section 422 of the Code, the Plan Administrator, in its sole
discretion, may permit such assignment, transfer and exercisability and may
permit a Holder of such Awards to designate a beneficiary who may exercise the
Award or receive compensation under the Award after the Holder's death;
provided, however, that any Award so assigned or transferred shall be subject to
all the same terms and conditions contained in the instrument evidencing the
Award.

                             SECTION 16. ADJUSTMENTS

16.1     ADJUSTMENT OF SHARES

         In the event that, at any time or from time to time, a stock dividend,
stock split, spin-off, combination or exchange of shares, recapitalization,
merger, consolidation, distribution to shareholders other than a normal cash
dividend, or other change in the Company's corporate or capital structure
results in (a) the outstanding shares, or any securities exchanged therefor or
received in their place, being exchanged for a different number or class of
securities of the Company or of any other corporation or (b) new, different or
additional securities of the Company or of any other corporation being received
by the holders of shares of Common Stock of the Company, then the Plan
Administrator, in its sole discretion, shall make such equitable adjustments as
it shall deem appropriate in the circumstances in (i) the maximum number and
class of securities subject to the Plan as set forth in Section 4.1, (ii) the
maximum number and class of securities that may be made subject to Awards to any
individual Participant as set forth in Section 4.2, and (iii) the number and
class of securities that are subject to any outstanding Award and the per share
price of such securities, without any change in the aggregate price to be paid
therefor. The determination by the Plan Administrator as to the terms of any of
the foregoing adjustments shall be conclusive and binding.

                                      -14-
<PAGE>   15
16.2     CORPORATE TRANSACTION

         Upon a merger (other than a merger of the Company in which the holders
of shares of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same
proportionate ownership of shares of Common Stock in the surviving corporation
immediately after the merger), consolidation, acquisition of property or stock,
separation, reorganization (other than a mere reincorporation or the creation of
a holding company) or liquidation of the Company, as a result of which the
shareholders of the Company receive cash, stock or other property in exchange
for or in connection with their shares of Common Stock, any Option, Stock
Appreciation Right or restricted Stock Award granted hereunder shall terminate,
but the Holder shall have the right immediately prior to any such merger,
consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation, reorganization or
liquidation to exercise such Holder's Award in whole or in part whether or not
the vesting requirements set forth in the Award agreement have been satisfied;
provided, that such acceleration will not occur if it would render unavailable
"pooling of interests" accounting treatment for any reorganization, merger or
consolidation of the Company.

         If the shareholders of the Company receive capital stock of another
corporation ("Exchange Stock") in exchange for their shares of Common Stock in
any transaction involving a merger (other than a merger of the Company in which
the holders of Common Stock immediately prior to the merger have the same
proportionate ownership of Common Stock in the surviving corporation immediately
after the merger), consolidation, acquisition of property or stock, separation
or reorganization (other than a mere reincorporation or the creation of a
holding company), all Options, Stock Appreciation Rights and Restricted Stock
Awards granted hereunder shall be converted into Awards for shares of Exchange
Stock unless the Company and the corporation issuing the Exchange Stock, in
their sole discretion, determine that any or all such Awards granted hereunder
shall not be converted into Awards for shares of Exchange Stock but instead
shall terminate in accordance with the provisions set forth above. The amount
and price of converted Awards shall be determined by adjusting the amount and
price of the Awards granted hereunder in the same proportion as used for
determining the number of shares of Exchange Stock the holders of the shares of
Common Stock receive in such merger, consolidation, acquisition of property or
stock, separation or reorganization. The converted Awards shall be fully vested
whether or not the vesting requirements set forth in the Award agreement have
been satisfied; provided, that such acceleration will not occur if it would
render unavailable "pooling of interests" accounting treatment for any
reorganization, merger or consolidation of the Company.

16.3     FURTHER ADJUSTMENT OF AWARDS

         Subject to the preceding Section 16.2, and subject to the limitations
set forth in Section 11, the Plan Administrator shall have the discretion,
exercisable at any time before a sale, merger, consolidation, reorganization,
liquidation or change in control of the Company, as defined by the Plan
Administrator, to take such further action as it determines to be necessary or
advisable, and fair and equitable to Participants, with respect to Awards. Such
authorized action may include (but shall not be limited to) establishing,
amending or waiving the type, terms, conditions or duration of, or restrictions
on, Awards so as to provide for earlier, later, extended or additional time for
exercise, payment or settlement or lifting restrictions, differing methods for

                                      -15-
<PAGE>   16
calculating payments or settlements, alternate forms and amounts of payments and
settlements and other modifications, and the Plan Administrator may take such
actions with respect to all Participants, to certain categories of Participants
or only to individual Participants. The Plan Administrator may take such actions
before or after granting Awards to which the action relates and before or after
any public announcement with respect to such sale, merger, consolidation,
reorganization, liquidation or change in control that is the reason for such
action.

16.4     LIMITATIONS

         The grant of Awards will in no way affect the Company's right to
adjust, reclassify, reorganize or otherwise change its capital or business
structure or to merge, consolidate, dissolve, liquidate or sell or transfer all
or any part of its business or assets.

16.5     FRACTIONAL SHARES

         In the event of any adjustment in the number of shares covered by any
Option, any fractional shares resulting from such adjustment shall be
disregarded and each such Option shall cover only the number of full shares
resulting from such adjustment.

                             SECTION 17. WITHHOLDING

         The Company may require the Holder to pay to the Company the amount of
any withholding taxes that the Company is required to withhold with respect to
the grant, exercise, payment or settlement of any Award. In such instances, the
Plan Administrator may, in its discretion and subject to the Plan and applicable
law, permit the Holder to satisfy withholding obligations, in whole or in part,
by paying cash, by electing to have the Company withhold shares of Common Stock
or by transferring shares of Common Stock to the Company, in such amounts as are
equivalent to the Fair Market Value of the withholding obligation. The Company
shall have the right to withhold from any Award or any shares of Common Stock
issuable pursuant to an Award or from any cash amounts otherwise due or to
become due from the Company to the Participant an amount equal to such taxes.
The Company may also deduct from any Award any other amounts due from the
Participant to the Company or a Subsidiary.

                  SECTION 18. AMENDMENT AND TERMINATION OF PLAN

18.1     AMENDMENT OF PLAN

         The Plan may be amended by the shareholders of the Company. The Board
may also amend the Plan in such respects as it shall deem advisable; however, to
the extent required for compliance with Section 422 of the Code or any
applicable law or regulation, shareholder approval will be required for any
amendment that will (a) increase the aggregate number of shares as to which
Incentive Stock Options may be granted, (b) modify the employees or class of
employees eligible to receive Incentive Stock Options, or (c) otherwise require
shareholder approval under any applicable law or regulation. Amendments made to
the Plan which would constitute "modifications" to Incentive Stock Options
outstanding on the date of such Amendments shall not be applicable to such
outstanding Incentive Stock Options but shall have prospective effect only.

                                      -16-
<PAGE>   17
18.2     TERMINATION OF PLAN

         The Company's shareholders or the Board may suspend or terminate the
Plan at any time. The Plan will have no fixed expiration date; provided,
however, that no Incentive Stock Options may be granted more than 10 years after
the earlier of the Plan's adoption by the Board or approval by the shareholders.

18.3     CONSENT OF HOLDER

         The amendment or termination of the Plan shall not, without the consent
of the Holder of any Award under the Plan, alter or impair any rights or
obligations under any Award theretofore granted under the Plan.

                               SECTION 19. GENERAL

19.1     AWARD AGREEMENTS

         Awards granted under the Plan shall be evidenced by a written agreement
which shall contain such terms, conditions, limitations and restrictions as the
Plan Administrator shall deem advisable and which are not inconsistent with the
Plan.

19.2     CONTINUED EMPLOYMENT OR SERVICES; RIGHTS IN AWARDS

         None of the Plan, participation in the Plan as a Participant or any
action of the Plan Administrator taken under the Plan shall be construed as
giving any Participant or employee of the Company any right to be retained in
the employ of the Company or limit the Company's right to terminate the
employment or services of the Participant.

19.3     REGISTRATION; CERTIFICATES FOR SHARES

         The Company shall be under no obligation to any Participant to register
for offering or resale or to qualify for exemption under the Securities Act, or
to register or qualify under state securities laws, any shares of Common Stock,
security or interest in a security paid or issued under, or created by, the
Plan, or to continue in effect any such registrations or qualifications if made.
The Company may issue certificates for shares with such legends and subject to
such restrictions on transfer and stop-transfer instructions as counsel for the
Company deems necessary or desirable for compliance by the Company with federal
and state securities laws.

         Inability of the Company to obtain, from any regulatory body having
jurisdiction, the authority deemed by the Company's counsel to be necessary for
the lawful issuance and sale of any shares hereunder or the unavailability of an
exemption from registration for the issuance and sale of any shares hereunder
shall relieve the Company of any liability in respect of the nonissuance or sale
of such shares as to which such requisite authority shall not have been
obtained.

                                      -17-
<PAGE>   18
19.4     NO RIGHTS AS A SHAREHOLDER

         No Option, Stock Appreciation Right, Performance Award or Other
Stock-Based Award shall entitle the Holder to any cash dividend (except to the
extent provided in an Award of Dividend Equivalent Rights), voting or other
right of a shareholder unless and until the date of issuance under the Plan of
the shares that are the subject of such Award, free of all applicable
restrictions.

19.5     COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS AND REGULATIONS

         It is the Company's intention that, if and so long as any of the
Company's equity securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) or 12(g) of
the Exchange Act, the Plan shall comply in all respects with Rule 16b-3 under
the Exchange Act and, if any Plan provision is later found not to be in
compliance with such Rule 16b-3, the provision shall be deemed null and void,
and in all events the Plan shall be construed in favor of its meeting the
requirements of Rule 16b-3. Notwithstanding anything in the Plan to the
contrary, the Board, in its sole discretion, may bifurcate the Plan so as to
restrict, limit or condition the use of any provision of the Plan to
Participants who are officers or directors subject to Section 16 of the Exchange
Act without so restricting, limiting or conditioning the Plan with respect to
other Participants. Additionally, in interpreting and applying the provisions of
the Plan, any Option granted as an Incentive Stock Option pursuant to the Plan
shall, to the extent permitted by law, be construed as an "incentive stock
option" within the meaning of Section 422 of the Code.

19.6     NO TRUST OR FUND

         The Plan is intended to constitute an "unfunded" plan. Nothing
contained herein shall require the Company to segregate any monies or other
property, or shares of Common Stock, or to create any trusts, or to make any
special deposits for any immediate or deferred amounts payable to any
Participant, and no Participant shall have any rights that are greater than
those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company.

19.7     SEVERABILITY

         If any provision of the Plan or any Award is determined to be invalid,
illegal or unenforceable in any jurisdiction, or as to any person, or would
disqualify the Plan or any Award under any law deemed applicable by the Plan
Administrator, such provision shall be construed or deemed amended to conform to
applicable laws, or, if it cannot be so construed or deemed amended without, in
the Plan Administrator's determination, materially altering the intent of the
Plan or the Award, such provision shall be stricken as to such jurisdiction,
person or Award, and the remainder of the Plan and any such Award shall remain
in full force and effect.

                           SECTION 20. EFFECTIVE DATE

         The Plan's effective date is the date on which it is adopted by the
Board, so long as it is approved by the Company's shareholders at any time
within 12 months of such adoption or, if earlier, and to the extent required for
compliance with Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act, at the next annual meeting of
the Company's shareholders after adoption of the Plan by the Board.

                                      -18-
<PAGE>   19
         Original Plan adopted by the Board on __________, 199__ and approved by
the Company's shareholders on __________, 199__.

                                      -19-
<PAGE>   20
                    PLAN ADOPTION AND AMENDMENTS/ADJUSTMENTS

          Date of
         Adoption/
         Amendment/                                    Date of Shareholder
         Adjustment     Section   Effect of Amendment        Approval

                                      -1-

<PAGE>   1

                                                                EXHIBIT 11.1

              COMPUTATION OF PRO FORMA NET INCOME (LOSS) PER SHARE

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                     YEAR ENDED          SIX MONTHS ENDED
                                                DECEMBER 31, 1995(1)      JUNE 30, 1996
                                                --------------------    ------------------
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>
Weighted average number of
  common stock outstanding ...................        5,861,003             5,872,444    

Common stock and common stock equivalents 
  issued during the twelve month period
  prior to the filing of the Company's
  initial public offering, using the
  treasury stock method and an assumed
  initial public offering price of $15.00.....          277,257               269,392
                                                      ---------             ---------
                                                      6,138,260             6,141,836
                                                      =========             =========
</TABLE>

- ------------------
(1) Number of shares apply to all periods prior to 1996.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                       Pro Forma          Pro Forma
                                                      Net Income          Net Income
                                                        (Loss)         (Loss) Per Share
                                                      -----------      ----------------
<S>                                                   <C>                   <C>
Year Ended November 30, 1993 .................        $   415,318           $ 0.07     
Year Ended November 30, 1994 .................            178,562             0.03
One Month Ended December 31, 1994 ............           (117,181)           (0.02)
Year Ended December 31, 1995 .................         (2,342,515)           (0.38)
Six Months Ended June 30, 1995 ...............             82,658             0.01
Six Months Ended June 30, 1996 ...............         (2,620,935)           (0.43)
</TABLE>




<TABLE> <S> <C>

<ARTICLE> 5
<LEGEND>
THIS SCHEDULE CONTAINS SUMMARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION EXTRACTED FROM THE
COMPANY'S CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS CONTAINED IN THE COMPANY'S
REGISTRATION STATEMENT ON FORM S-1 AND IS QUALIFIED IN ITS ENTIRETY BY REFERENCE
TO SUCH CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.
</LEGEND>
       
<S>                             <C>                       <C>
<PERIOD-TYPE>                   YEAR                      6-MOS
<FISCAL-YEAR-END>                          DEC-31-1995               DEC-31-1996
<PERIOD-START>                             JAN-01-1995               JAN-01-1996
<PERIOD-END>                               DEC-31-1995               JUN-30-1996
<CASH>                                             900                    23,380
<SECURITIES>                                         0                         0
<RECEIVABLES>                                2,524,844                 7,849,306
<ALLOWANCES>                                    10,355                    78,833
<INVENTORY>                                  5,473,692                 6,448,505
<CURRENT-ASSETS>                             9,219,652                16,328,366
<PP&E>                                       2,575,550                 3,147,626
<DEPRECIATION>                                 674,947                   982,000
<TOTAL-ASSETS>                              11,266,234                21,458,367
<CURRENT-LIABILITIES>                       12,092,036                21,340,640
<BONDS>                                              0                         0
                                0                         0
                                          0                         0
<COMMON>                                     5,788,070                 9,302,250
<OTHER-SE>                                (12,991,684)              (15,462,619)
<TOTAL-LIABILITY-AND-EQUITY>                11,266,234                21,458,367
<SALES>                                     17,137,902                17,626,816
<TOTAL-REVENUES>                            17,617,902                17,920,425
<CGS>                                        6,526,804                 7,386,185
<TOTAL-COSTS>                               10,281,458                11,994,338
<OTHER-EXPENSES>                             3,206,455                 1,160,837
<LOSS-PROVISION>                             1,597,051                         0
<INTEREST-EXPENSE>                           1,042,523                 1,161,119
<INCOME-PRETAX>                            (2,396,815)               (2,620,935)
<INCOME-TAX>                                 (100,000)                         0
<INCOME-CONTINUING>                                  0                         0
<DISCONTINUED>                                       0                         0
<EXTRAORDINARY>                                      0                         0
<CHANGES>                                            0                         0
<NET-INCOME>                               (2,296,815)               (2,620,935)
<EPS-PRIMARY>                                   (0.38)                    (0.43)
<EPS-DILUTED>                                   (0.38)                    (0.43)   
        

</TABLE>


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission